; / 2 ,„:t (-• ,--- • CI "--• ( '1 I I No. 1818 HANDBOOK OF THE 155-MM. GUN MATERIEL MODEL OF 1918 (FILLOUX) (THIRTY-NWE PLATES) JULY .0, 1918 GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS SEC,TION MAR I .7 20.15 U. OF WASH. LIBRAR1 hS1-1INCT0,1 GOVIERN7,4VoT PR!INITING OFF/CP.- loin Lo.1.110.11...........luarrAil,mitift.t..4.111•0.....11.11.,IN NV • 004."...1....••••• •••••• wirodowia•se.... No. 1818 HANDBOOK OF THE 155-MM. GUN MATERIEL MODEL OF 1918 (FILLOUX) (THIRTY-NINE PLATES) JULY 10, 1918 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1918 (Form No. 1818.) The Commanding Officer or the Post or Coast Defense Ordnance Officer to whom this copy is issued will be held personally responsible for its safe= keeping. When another officer relieves him a re= ceipt for it will be taken, which should be mailed to the CHIEF OF ORDNANCE, U. S. Army, Washington, D. C. NOTE.-This pamphlet may be destroyed when superseded by one of later date. WAR DEPARTMENT OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE, Washington, July 10, 1918. This manual is published for the information and government of the Army of the United States. • By order of the Secretary of War : C. C. WILLIAMS, Major General, Chief of Ordnance. (3) CONTENTS. Page. • Table of equivalents 7 List of plates 8 List of equipment pertaining to one 155 mm. gun battery on war footing 9 Gun: Weights, dimensions, etc 12 Description 12 Breech mechanism 13-16 Firing mechanism 14 Miscellaneous notes 16-17 Care and preservation of gun and breech mechanism 17-18 Nomenclature of parts 18-20 French-English nomenclature of parts 21-22 Provisional range tables 23-29 Ammunition for the 155 mm. gun (Filloux): Primer 30 The cartridge 31 The propelling charge 31 The common-steel shell 31-32 155 mm. gas shell 32 Shrapnel 32-33 Fuzes: Combination fuzes 33 Frankford Arsenal 31-second combination fuze 33-36 Point detonating fuze 37 Point detonating fuze Mark III 37 The hand fuze setter 38 Packing for shipment 38-39 155 mm. gun carriage, model of 1918 (Filloux): Weights, dimensions, etc 40 Nomenclature of parts 41-48 Description of the carriage 49 Cradle complete (recoil and recuperator mechanisms) 49-50 Replenisher 50 Top carriage 50-51 Bottom carriage • 51-52 Traversing mechanism 52-53 Elevating mechanism 53 Axle 53 The spring 53 Wheels 54 Wheel shoes 54 Road brake 54 Trails 55 Spades 56 Accessories 56-57 Care of the recoil mechanism 57-60 Incomplete return into battery 61 Too violent return into battery 61 (5) • 155 mm. gun carriage limber, model of 1918 (Filloux): Page. Weights and dimensions 62 Nomenclature of parts 63-65 Description 66-67 Instructions for changing from traveling to battery position 68-70 Instructions for changing from battery to traveling position 71-73 Motor equipment: 3-ton truck chassis, F. W D 74-84 2-ton truck chassis, Nash 85-94 Reconnoissance car 95-102 Artillery tractor, 10-ton, model of 1917 103-118 Ammunition truck body, model of 1918 • 119 Tank truck body, model of 1918 120 Artillery supply truck body, model of 1918 121-122 Fire-control equipment (Army Artillery): Ordnance property 122 Engineer property 122 Signal property • 122 Fire-control equipment (Divisional Artillery): Ordnance property 123 Engineer property 124 Signal property 124 Sights: Quadrant sight, model of 1918 126 Description 127-131 Panoramic sight, model of 1917 132-134 Nomenclature of parts 132 Description 133 Peep sight 134 Description 134 The (sight) electric lighting equipment 134-135 Sight extension 135 Care of sights 135 Verification and adjustment of sights 136-138 Additional tests 138 Verification and adjustment of sights in the field 138 Verification and adjustment of the peep sight 139 General information: Painting artillery and material .140 Instructions for riveting 141 Instructions for maintenance of material 142-168 Oils for artillery materials 168-169 Repairs for field artillery material 1 170 Equipment, table of 171-192 TABLE OF EQUIVALENTS. 1 meter (m.) 39. 37 inches. 1 centimeter (cm.) . 3937 inch. 1 millimeter (mm.) . 03937 inch. 1 kilogram (kg.) 2. 2046 pounds. 1 dekagram (dkg.) - .3527 ounce. 1 gram 15. 432 grains. 1 liter 1. 05671 quarts. 1 inch 2. 54 centimeters. 1 foot . 3048 meter. 1 yard . 9144 meter. 1 square inch 6. 452 square centimeters. 1 cubic inch 16. 39 cubic centimeters. 1 cubic foot . 02832 cubic meter. 1 cubic yard . 7645 cubic meter 1 ounce 28. 35 grams. 1 pound . 4536 kilogram. 1 quart . 9463 liter. 1 mil 3. 37 minutes. 1 degree 17. 777 mils. (7) LIST OF PLATES. Faces page. I. 155 mm. gun, model of 1918 Filloux) 12 II. 155 mm. gun, model of 1918 Willoux), breech mechanism 13 III. 155 mm. gun. model of 1918 (Filloux) breech mechanism and counterbalance cylinder 13 IV. 155 mm. gun, model of 1918 (Filloux), firing mechanism 14 V. 21-grain percussion primer, Mark II 30 VI. Powder bag for 155 mm. gun (Filloux) 31 VII. 155 mm. common steel shell, Mark III 31 VIII. 155 mm. shrapnel, 95 pounds, Mark I 32 IX. 31-second combination fuze 33 X. Detonating fuze, Mark IV 36 XI. Detonating fuze, Mark III 37 XII. Hand fuze steter, model of 1913 38 XIII. 155 mm. gun carriage, model of 1918 (Filloux), left-side view 40 XIV. 155 mm.. gun carriage and limber, traveling position, side view 48 XV. 155 mm. gun carriage, traveling position, front view 49 XVI. 155 mm. gun carriage, recoil mechanism, left-side view 48 XVII. 155 mm. gun carriage, recoil mechanism, rear view 49 XVIII. 155 mm.'gun carriage, top carriage, front view 50 XIX. 155 mm. gun carriage, top carriage, left-side view 51 XX. 165 mm. gun carriage, bottom carriage assembled 51 XXI. 155 mm. gun carriage, longitudinal section 52 XXII. 155 mm. gun carriage, wheel and axle assembled 53 XXIII. 155 mm. gun carriage, brake assembled 54 XXIV. 155 mm. gun carriage in battery, plan view 56 XXV. 155 mm. gun carriage limber with trails attached 62 XXVI. 155 mm. gun carriage limber, front view 66 XXVII. 155 mm. gun carriage limber, longitudinal section 67 XXVIII. 155 mm. gui platform for semipermanent position 68 XXIX. 3-ton truck chassis, F. W. D., model B-1917, left-side view 74 XXX. 3-ton truck chassis, F. W. D., model B-1917, plan view 75 XXXI. 2-ton truck chassis, Nash, model 4017-L, 1917, plan view 84 XXXII. 2-ton truck chassis, Nash, model 4017-L, 1917, left-side view_ _ 85 XXXII'. Artillery tractor, 10-ton, model of 1917, right-side view 104 XXXIV. Ammunition body on 2-ton truck chassis, Nash, model 4017-L, 1917, rear view 118 XXXV. Ammunition body on 3-ton truck chassis, F. W. D., model B-1917, left-side view 119 XXXVI. Artillery supply body on 3-ton truck chassis, F. W. D., model B-1917 120 XXXVII. Quadrant sight, model of 1918 (Schneider) 126 XXXVIII. Panoramic sight, model of 1917 • 132 XXXIX. 155 mm. gun carriage and limber, oiling chart 142 (8) LIST OF EQUIPMENT PERTAINING TO ONE 155-MM. GUN BATTERY ON WAR FOOTING. No. Equipment. Property classi- fication. Class. Section. 4 155-mm. gun, model of 1918 (Filloux) IV 3 4 155-mm. gun carriage, model of 1918 (Filloux) IV 3 4 155-mm. gun carriage limber, model of 1918 (Fillou::) IV 3 4 Artillery tractor, 10-ton, model of 1917 IV 11 20 Ammunition trucks 1 IV 9 3 Artillery supply trucks 1 IV 9 Tank truck IV 9 1 Reconnaissance car IV 9 1 Reel truck. IV 9 1 Telephone truck IV 9 1 Light repair truck IV 9 3 5-passenger motor car • 10 Motorcycles, with side cars . 1 Set of fire-control equipment V1 1 These vehicles each consist of two main units--i. e., body and chassis. This distinction must be noted for reason of the fact that two different chassis models are used. These two models are designated as 3-ton truck chassis, F. W. D., model B-1917; 2-ton truck chassis, Nash, model 4017A or L. (9 GUNS-MODELS OF 1918 AND 1918 Ml. The following description and plates apply to the 155-mm. gun, model of 1918 (Filloux). However, this description applies equally to the model of 1918 MI, with the following exceptions : 2. The outside diameter of the tube is increased to 9 inches at the muzzle and tapers back for a distance of 10 inches to a diameter of 8.71 inches. 3. The lengths of the rear clip, intermediate clip, and front clip are changed, but the total length of the three is the same. 4. All details except the firing mechanism are changed to conform to French types, so as to provide interchangeability of parts with 155 mm. G. P. F. guns of French manufacture. ' 5. Weight, including breech mechanism, 8,750 pounds. 6. Center of gravity, distance from muzzle, 159.23 inches. (11) 155 MM. GUN, MODEL OF 1918 (FILLOUX). TABLE 0 G TS, I) SIONS, AND BALLISTICS Material, alloy steel. / Weight, including br ch mechanli, pounds__ 8, 795 Length (muzzle to rear face of breach ring) inches__ 232. 87 { inches__ 6. 1042 Caliber M. M___ 155 Chamber : Diameter inches__ 6. 6929 Length to ba se of projectile do 37. 0865 Capacity cubic inches__ 1, 329 Muzzle velocity feet per second__ 2, 380 Rifling, number of grooves 48 Twist of rifling, right hand, uniform, one turn in 2.989 calibers, inclination 6°. Travel of projectile inches__ 185 Firing mechanism, percussion. Weight of projectile pounds__ 95 Maximum range meters__ 16, 200 , Weight of powder charge pounds__ 251 Weight of reduced charge do____ Range with reduced charge meters__ 13, 700 Maximum powder pressure, per square inch pounds__ 31, 500 DESCRIPTION. [Plate I.] The gun is built up consisting of a tube strengthened by the following jacket and hoops, beginning at the breech end: The breech ring, the jacket, the hoop A, the hoop B, the clip hoop set on the hoop B, and the muzzle bell. The jacket, hoop A, and clip hoop have on each side a projection fitted with bronze clips, which, either when the gun is at rest or in recoil, are engaged in the corresponding guides of the cradle. The counterbalance bracket is attached to the jacket. The breech ring is screwed, cold, on the jacket and fixed by a screw. A lug known as the recoil lug projects from the underside of the breech ring, to which the recoil and recuperator rods are attached. This lug has two holes in which nuts fitting on the two rods can turn, but can not be removed from the breech ring, even when they are unscrewed. A T-shaped groove is made in the underside of the lug to permit its connection with the traveling lock. Two hinge lugs which support the block carrier arc placed on the right side of the breech ring. On top of the breech ring are two German silver leveling plates. (12) c. 0 , is. tki 0 • CL•36- DIV 3 OrG 16 7531.0_18 13 BREECH MECHANISM. [Plates II and III.] The breech mechanism consists of the breechblock; the block carrier, with operating lever, hinge pin, and rack; the obturating mechanism; the firing mechanism ; the counterbalance. THE BREECHBLOCK. The breechblock is of the interrupted screw type, having four plain sectors and four threaded sectors, and can be closed in one-eighth of a turn. Two plain sectors have been relieved to permit the breechblock to enter the breech. On the rear end of the breechblock are gear teeth, with which the teeth on the rack engage to turn the breechblock. The outer surface of the breechblock at its rear end is threaded to screw into the block carrier. THE BLOCK CARRIER. The block carrier is connected to the hinge pin by means of a hinge pin driving washer. Its front end has a hub, on which the breechblock rides, and a threaded groove, into which the breechblock is screwed. The rack lock and its spring are in the front side of the block carrier. The hollow hub of the carrier incloses the firing-mechanism housing. A block carrier lever catch on the left of the block carrier locks the operating lever in the closed position. The rack slides in the block carrier and its teeth mesh with the breechblock. The lug operating the'rack is on the under side of the operating lever. The sockets for the rack lock and the lug of the operating lever are cut in the rack. The operating lever is operated by a handle, within which is a spring which keeps the handle in its raised position. An operating lever latch which runs through the operating lever locks the breech in the open position. The hinge pin is fixed by a hinge pin collar and detent. The upper part of the hinge pin has a projection to which the counterbalance tension rod of the counterbalance is connected. THE OBTURATOR. , The obturating system consists of an obturator and a movable head. The obturator consists of a gas check pad, made of 1 part non flu id oil and 3 parts asbestos, held in a canvas cover and protected by split rings, one in front and one in the rear on the outside and one in the rear on the inside. Between the, obturator and the breechblock is a steel filling-in disk. The movable mushroom-shaped head of the obturator spindle transmits the pressure of the powder 14 gases to the obturator. This spindle has a vent running through it. In the rear end of the vent the obturator spindle plug is screwed, which carries the seat of the primer. A red copper washer, is placed between the spiRdle plug and the vent. The obturator spindle is connected to the block carrier by the firing-mechanism kousing, which is screwed over the threaded end of the obturator spindle. The obturator spindle spring holds the obturator pad tightly between the mushroom head of the obturator and the breechblock. • FIRING MECHANISM. FRENCH TYPE (PERCUSSION PRIMER). [Plate 1V.] The firing-mechanism housing is screwed onto the end of the obtu-rator spindle. The firing-mechanism block is screwed into the housing. The firing-mechanism block is bored out to receive the firing-pin guide and the primer seat plug; the latter is Screwed into the block and encircles the firing-pin guide. The primer seat plug has a slot cut in its forward end, which receives the head of the primer. The firing pin is fitted in the firing-mechanism block and held in place by means of a housing screwed into the block. The firing-pin housing is held in place by the firing-pin housing holding screw. The firing-pin spring causes the firing pin to project sufficiently to be struck by the percussion hammer.. The firing-mechanism block is provided with a handle, by means of which the block may be screwed into and, out of the housing to renew the primer each time the gun is fired. The block is further provided with a flange, in which is cut a recess to receive a lug on the front of the percussion hammer, and thus prevent the hammer from striking the firing pin except when the firing-mechanism block is screwed fully home. Screwed to the face of the carrier to the right and above the firing-mechanism housing is the firing-mechanism block safety latch. This latch prevents the unscrewing of the block when the piece is fired. The percussion-mechanism hammer is carried by the percussion-hammer operating shaft, which is joutnaled in the percussion-hammer operating shaft housing on the outer face of the carrier. The percussion-hammer operating shaft is offset at its left end for attachment of the lanyard. The firing-mechanism block is prevented from being inserted before the breechblock is fully closed by means of a spring-pressed safety plunger carried in the upper side of the firing-mechanism housing. The plunger has a cam surface, which, when the breech- DIVISION 3.- DRAWING 2e w n U) v) ic -I (4 15 block is not rotated to its fully closed position, bears against an arc cam surface on the inside of a circular boss on the rear face' of the breechblock and forces the pin out against the tension of its spring to project into the opening in the firing-mechanism housings and obstruct entrance of the firing-mechanism block. Operation.—After the gun is fired and before opening the breech, press back the firing-mechanism block safety latch, in order to free the handle of the firing block. -Unscrew the firing-mechanism block, slide the used primer out of the slot in the primer seat plug, insert a new primer, and after the breech is closed screw the block into the firing-mechanism housing. The firing-mechanism handle is automatically locked by the safety latch when the handle is rotated to its home position. The firing mechanism is interchangeable with the firing mechanism used on the following guns : 155-mm. howitzer, model of 1918 (Schneider). 155-mm. howitzer, model of 1917 (Bethlehem). 8-inch howitzer, model of 1918 (Vickers Mark VI). 240-mm. howitzer, model of 1918 (Schneider). NoTE.—The firing-mechanism housings on the 8-inch howitzer and the 240-mm. howitzer are not interchangeable with the housings used on the other guns listed above. THE COUNTERBALANCE. The counterbalance consists of a counterbalance cylinder which is attached to the gun by a bracket and in which a tension rod slides. This tension rod has at one end a piston which rests on a spring, also inside the cylinder; at the other end the rod has a socket which fits around the regulating nut. This nut is fitted to a screw which is seated in the projection of the hinge pin of the block carrier. By rotating the screw the regulating nut is moved so as to permit the adjustment of the spring according to the angle of fire. ACTION OF THE BREECH MECHANISM. When the breech is closed the threaded parts of the block mesh with the threaded parts of the breech ring. In this position the operating lever is held by its handle, which catches the block-carrier lever catch. The operating lever thus prevents any. rotary movement of the breechblock. ' To open the breech,.—Press down on the handle of the operating lever in order to disengage it from the block-carrier lever catch. Turn the lever toward the rear and then to the right. In the first part of this movement the operating lever turns freely around the hinge pin and its lug operates the rack that turns the breechblock. 16 The threaded parts of the breechblock are then disengaged from those of the breech ring. At the instant that the breech is completely unlocked the rack lock is forced into its seat in the rack, through the action of its spring, thus preventing any further movement of the operating lever independent of the carrier, and the block carrier is drawn in the direction of the operating lever. Moreover, the block carrier draws the hinge pin with it, during its rotation, since it is locked to it by the hinge-pin driving washer. At the end of the movement, the end of the operating-lever latch which locks the breech when it is opened, engages in the operating-lever catch which is attached to the right side of the breech ring. The projection of the hinge pin, which is connected to the rod of the counterbalance, compresses the spring during the opening of the breech. To close the breech.—Press down on the handle of the operating lever, so as to disengage the operating-lever latch from the operating-lever catch of the operating-lever catch bracket turn the operating-lever to the left and then forward, in order to bring the block carrier against the face of the breech ring. This movement is facilitated by the counterbalance, whose spring turns the hinge pin which is locked to the block carrier by means of the hinge-pin driving washer. The rack lodk whose forward end projects from the inner face of the block carrier strikes the breech ring and is pushed back into its seat, freeing the rack. The rotating motion of the operating lever, which is now able to turn freely around the hinge pin, drives the rack to the left, which in turn rotates the breechblock until its threaded sectors mesh with those of the breech ring. At the end of the movement of the operating lever the handle catches the block-carrier lever catch and fastens it. Action of the obturating mechanism—When the gun is fired the pressure on the mushroom head is transmitted to the, gas check pad, causing it to expand and press tightly against the walls of the chamber. This prevents any gas escaping. After the explosion the elasticity of the pad causes it to resume its former shape and allows the obturator to be withdrawn freely from its seat when the breech is unlocked. MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. GUN AND BREECH MECHANISM. DifficulNes in opening anti e708ing the breech.—Binding of the breech threads In general, this is caused by their being burred at the tinui of the insertion of the projectile or by the presence of foreign matter or dirt on the obturator head and the threads. 11 To open the breech place a stick of wood or soft metal against the left end of the rack and. tap with a hammer or mallet, being careful not to use sufficient force to break the gear teeth, and at the same time pull on the operating lever. When the breech has been opened examine the threads and pare-fully smooth down any burrs with a file, but no portion of the thread should be cut away to remove a crack. When there are difficulties in closing the breech on account of the expanding of the obturator or on account of fouling, try to find and remove causes, but never force the breech shut. MISFIRES. MISSING OF THE PRIMER. It is possible that the primer may not act. In this case no report is heard. This is caused by the primer being defective or because its center has not been struck. Unscrew the firing block, withdraw the primer and examine it to see if it has been correctly struck. If so, replace it with a fresh primer. In case the firing pin should not have struck the primer, the action of the firing pin should be regulated by removing one or more washers from in rear of the firing-pin spring. MISSING OF THE CHARGE. • Should the primer have acted without affecting the charge, only the explosion of the primer is heard. This is caused by the channel being damp or dirty (which can only be the case if the vent cleaner has not been drawn through the channel or if the piece has not been' warmed) or because the base of the charge does not bear against the mushroom head, or, lastly, because the charge itself is very damp. After missing the charge it is essential to wait at least a minute before approaching the piece, so as to avoid a possible accident. After a minute has elapsed the breech should be approached with caution and the firing block removed. Run vent cleaner through the channel and insert a new primer. If the gun does not fire the second time there should be a wait of two minutes before the breech is opened and the charge removed. CARE AND PRESERVATION OF THE GUN AND BREECH MECHANISM. The breech mechanism and also the projections on the exterior of the gun, which form guides for the latter when sliding in the cradle, should he kept clean, oiled or greased, and maintained in good working order. All working surfaces must be well lubricated, and the mechanism should be taken off frequently for this purpose. 18 The breech should be kept covered up when possible to prevent dust and grit, getting into the Interstices of the breech mechanism and impeding their easy working. A cover is provided for this purpose. After firing, the bore of the gun should be cleaned to remove the residue of smokeless powder and then oiled. In cleaning wash the bore with a solution made by dissolving one-half pound of sal soda in 1 gallon of boiling water. After washing with the soda solution wipe perfectly dry and then oil the bore with a thin coating of light slushing oil furnished for this purpose. The breech mechanism, firing and percussion mechanisms, should be dismounted from time to time and cleaned and oiled. Kerosene is issued for cleaning purposes only, and may be applied with a rag or wad of cotton waste. Engine, oil No. 1 is proyided for oiling and in general for lubricating all bearings not provided with compression grease cups. The spare parts should be well coated with vaseline or heavy oil and each iece then wrapped in paper to prevent the oil from being i) rubbed oh . In the event of the obturator channel becoming choked with residue the tapered portion should be cleaned with the cleaning reamer provided for this purpose sufficiently to allow the insertion of a primer, which, when fired, will remove the rest of the obstruction. 155 MM. GUN, MODEL OF 1918 (FILLOUX). NOMENCLATURE OF PARTS OF GUN AND BREECH MECHANISM. NOTE.--In all reports and correspondence the gun and breech mechanism should be designated by the number, model, etc., as stamped thereon. When requisitioning replacement parts, the parts desired should be referred to by the names given in the nomenclature of parts herein, and the piece numbers should be copied exactly as stamped upon the unserviceable pieces. 19 NOMENCLATURE OF PARTS, GUN AND BREECH MECHANISM. Num- Name of part. Location. Property classification. ber re- quired. Class. Section. IV 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Breech ring Screwed on to rear of jacket 1 Breech-ring key Bottom of recoil lug 2 Breech-ring key screw Secures breech-ring key 1 Block carrier Hinged to right side of breech ring 4 Breechblock Screwed into carrier 1 Block-carrier lever catch Left end of carrier 2 Block-carrier lever catch screw (long). Secures block-carrier lever catch 1 Block-carrier lever catch screw (medium). do 1 Block-carrier lever catch screw (short). do 2 Block-carrier stop Operating lever catch bracket 1 Block-carrier stop screw Secure block-carrier stop 1 Breech-ring screw Prevents unscrewing of breech ring 1 Clip-hoop screw Prevents clip hoop from unscrewing 1 1 1 1 1 1 Clip hoop Encircles center portion of hoop B 1 Counterbalance cylinder Inclosing counterbalance spring 1 Counterbalance cylinder head Prevents unscrewing of counterbalance cylinder from cylinder heads. 1 screw. At end of counterbalance tension rod 1 Counterbalance tension rod nut _ At carrier end of cylinder 1 Counterbalance cylinder head At bracket end of cylinder 1 Counterbalance cylinder head In counterbalance cylinder 1 (pivoted). do. 1 Counterbalance tension rod do 80 Counterbalance piston At piston end of counterbalance tension rod 1 1 1 1 1 Counterbalance spring On counterbalance regulating screw. 1 4 1 1 Counterbalance tension rod cotter In end of counterbalance regulating screw. 1 Counterbalance regulating nut. Counterbalance regulating screw cotter. In offset of hinge pin 1 Counterbalance regulating screw. _ Counterbalance regulating screw nut. On counterbalance regulating screw 1 Counterbalance regulating screw washer. Against counterbalance regulating screw nut. 1 Counterbalance tension rod shim On counterbalance regulating nut 1 Counterbalance regulating screw bushing. In offset of hinge pin 1 Counterbalance bracket Left side of jacket 1 Counterbalance bracket collar At top of bracket 1 Counterbalance bracket collar In counterbalance bracket collar 1 detent. Secure counterbalance bracket to jacket. 2 Counterbalance bracket screw Secure clips to gun 1 Clip screw Between breechblock and obturator Filling-in disk Firing mechanism. See Plate IV Firing-mechanism block Firing mechanism (see Plate IV) Firing-mechanism block handle._ _ On hoop A Firing-mechanism blocklatch Between hreeehblock and head of obtu-rotor spindle. Firing-mechanism block latch handle. Firing-mechanism block latch holder. Firing-mechanism block latch holder screw. Firing-mechanism block latch spring holder. Firing-mechanism block latch spring. Firing-mechanism housing Firing-mechanism housing screw_ _ Firing-mechanism housing key_ Firing-mechanism housing key spring. Firing-mechanism housing key spring rivet. Firing-mechanism safety plunger_ Firing-mechanism safety plunger spring. Firing pin Firing-pin guide Firing-pin housing Firing-pin housing holding screw. _ Firing-pin spring Firing mechanism housing key spring stud. Front clip Gas-check pad 20 NOMENCLATURE OF PARTS, GUN AND BREECH MECHANISM—Contd. Num- Name of part. Location. Property classification. ber re- quired. Class. Section. Hoop A Over tube forward of jacket 1 hoop B Over tube forward of hoop A 4 Hoop screw. In hoops A and B 2 Hoop A pin Under hoop screws 2 Hoop B pin do 1 Hinge pin In hinge lugs, right of breech ring 1 Hinge pin collar detent. In hinge pin collar 1 Hinge pin collar Bottom of hinge pin 1 Hinge pin driving washer Fitted to hinge pin, keyed to carrier 2 Hoop clip On clip hoop 2 Intermediate clip Fastened to i acket and hoop A 1 Jacket _ Encircles rear portion of tube 1 Jacket screw Rear end of j acket 2 Leveling plate On top of breech ring 1 Lining tube Placed in tube after reboring 1 Muzzle bell Encircles muzzle end of tube 1 Muzzle bell screw In muzzle bell 1 Operating lever latch. In operating lever 1 Operating lever latch guide At right end of operating lever 1 Operating lever handle Inside of operating lever handle s.eeve..... Operating lever latch trunnion screw. In operating lever 1 Operating lever handle sleeve At left end of operating lever 1 Operating lever handle nut In top of operating lever handle Operating lever handle spring Inside of operating lever handle Operating lever catch bracket On right side of breech ring 1 Operating lever catch On top of operating lever catch bracket.... 2 Operating lever catch bracket In two top screw holes of operating lever catch bracket. shim. 4 Operating lever catch bracket Secures bracket to breech ring screw. 2 Operating lever catch screw Secures operating lever catch to bracket. 1 Operating.lever Above carrier 2 Operating lever latch guide screw. Secures operating lever latch guide 1 Obturator spindle Passes through breechblock and hub of carrier. 1 Obturator spindle spring Inside hub of carrier IV 3 1 Obturator spindle vent bushing In mushroom head of spindle 1 Obturator spindle spring supporting washer. In front of obturator spindle spring 1 Percussion hammer . Pivoted on face of carrier 1 Percussion hammer lock bolt On left of percussion hammer 1 Percussion hammer lock bolt Under side of percussion hammer lock bolt. spring. 1 Percussion hammer lock bolt Percussion hammer lock bolt spring set screw. 1 Percussion hammer lock bolt stud. Top side of percussion hammer operating shaft housing. 1 Percussion hammer operating Lower face of carrier shaft housing. 1 Percussion hammer operating Right end of percussion hammer operating shaft. shaft collar. 1 Percussion hammer operating In percussion hammer operating shaft collar. shaft collar detent. 1 Percussion hammer operating In percussion hammer operating shaft housing. shaft. 4 Percussion hammer operating Secures housing to face of carrier shaft housing securing screw. 1 Primer seat plug Firing mechanism 1 hack lock -Inside of carrier, under rack 1 lack lock spring Inside ot carrier 2 Rear clip Fastened to jacket 1 Back In top part of carrier. Spindle plug. Screwed into rear end of obturator spindle. 1 Spindle plu.g gasket In front of spindle plug Spindle spring front seat Inside Of bre(rhi,lock Spindle spring rear seat Inside lull) of carrier. Split ring (front) Between. gas check pad pod obturator Split rine (rear) spind '0 head. Split ring (small) lId ween gas cheek pad and breechblock roinid obturator spindle rear of gas cherk pad. 1 Tube. . Interior of gun, front muzzle to brooch r OCeSS. 21 Nomenclature of parts of the 155 mm. gins and breech-mechanism (Filloux) model of 1918. ENGLISH. FRENCH. Block carrier _Volet de culasse. Block carrier lever catch _Bee d'accochage. Block carrier lever-catch screw (long) Prisonnier inferieur avant du bec d'ac- crochage. ___Prisonnier inferieur arriere du bec d'ac- crochage. Prisonnier superieur du bee d'accrochage. Plaque de butee. Vis fixant la plaque de butee. Culasse complete. Clavette de butee. Vis culasse. Breech cover ' Breech ring Breech-ring key screw Clip hoop Clip screw Counterbalance, complete _Pquilibreur complete. Counterbalance bracket Support equilibreur. Counterbalance bracket collar Hague de support d'equilibreur. Counterbalance bracket collar detent _Goupille A, tete spherique. Counterbalance bracket screw Vis fixant-a, support au manchon arriere. Counterbalance cylinder Cylindre (de l'equilibreur). Counterbalance cylinder head Bouchon filete de cylindre. Counterbalance cylinder head, pivoted Fond Mete de cylindre. Counterbalance cylinder-head screws Prisonniers. Counterbalance piston Rondelle d'appui de ressort. Counterbalance regulating nut Peron de reglage. Counterbalance regulating-screw washer____Rondelle (de vis de reglage). Counterbalance regulating-screw bushing_____Douille de vis de reglage. Counterbalance spring Ressort (de I equihbreur). Counterbalance. tension rod Tige de traction. Counterbalance tension-rod cotter Goupille (de la tige de traction). Counterbalance tension-rod nut Ecrou de 12 A encoches. Counterbalance tension-rod shim -index (de la tige de traction). Counterbalance regulating screw —Vis de reglage. Counterbalance regulating-screw cotter Goupille de 3/27. Counterbalance regulating-screw nut Ecrou de 10 A encoches. Filling-in disk -Rondelle d'appui de l'oblurateur. Firing-mechanism block -Forte-etouplie. Firing-mechanism block handle• -Poignee de porte-etoupille. Firing-mechanism housing Perou de tete mobile. Firing-mechanism housing key -Clavette d'ecrou de tete mobile. Firing-mechanism housing key spring -Ressort de clavette. Firing-mechanism housing key rivet Rivet de clavette. Firing-mechanism housing key stud -Teton de la clavette. Firing-mechanism safety plunger Verrou de securite du porte-percuteur. Firing-mechanism safety plunger spring__Ressort du verrou de securite du porte-per- cuteur. Firing-mechanism housing screw Nis de guidage du verrou de porte-percuteur. Firing pin -Percuteur. Firing-pin housing -Butee de percuteur. Firing-pin washer -Rondelle du percuteur.• Front clip -Fourrure avant. Front split ring Anneau exterieure avant. Firing-pin spring -Ressort de percuteur. Gas-check pad -Gallette de l'obturateur. Hinge pin -Axe de volet de culasse. Hinge-pillar collar -Bague d-axe de volet de culasse. Hinge-pin collar detent Coupille de l'axe de volet de culasse. Hinge-pin driving washer -Rondelle a talon. Hoop "A" Frette "A." Hoop " B " Frette " B." Hoop clip Fourrure, de fretto a patin. Intermediate clip Fourrtire intermediaire. Jacket -Manchon arriere. Lanyard Cordon tire-feu. Leveling plate -Piaquette de niveau. Muzzle bell -Cordon de la bouche. Muzzle cover _Couvre-houche. Obturator spindle Tete mobile. Obturator-spindle spring _Ressort de rappel de la tete mobile. Obturator-spindle-pring front seat .__-Bague d'appui avant du ressort de rappel. Obturator-spindle-spring rear seat Bague d'appui arriere. Obturator-spindle-spring supporting washer_Rondelle de la hague d'appul avant. Obturator-spindle vent bushing “rain de lumiere avant. Operating lever _Levier de maumuvre. Operating-lever catch Talon d'accrochage do la culasse cuvette. Operating-lever catch bracket Butee de la culasse cuvette. Operating-lever catch-bracket screw Vis fixant le but6e de culasse cuvette. Operating-lever catch-bracket shim Rondelle de cisaillement. Block carrier lever-catch screw (medium Block carrier lever-catch screw (short) •Block carrier stop Block carrier stop screw Breech mechanism, complete Breech ring key Breechblock Couvre bouche. Frette de culasse. fixant la clavette de butee. Frette a patin. Vis fixant les fourrures. 22 ENGLISH. FRENCH. Operating-lever catch screw Operating-lever handle Percussion-hammer Percussion-hammer Percussion-hammer detent Percussion-hammer operating-shaft housing_Boite de percussion. Percussion-hammer operating-shaft housing securing screw _Vis fixant la boite de percussion. Primer flame baffle Primer-seat pivot nut Acrou de l'axe d'articulation. Primer-seat pivot-nut pin Goupille de l'ecrou de l'ave d'articulation. Primer-seat pivot-nut washer _Rondelle de l'axe d'articulation. Primer-seat washer Rondelle porte-etoupille. Primer-seat washer pivot Axe d'articblation de la rondelle. Primer-seat washer-pivot spring Ressort de l'axe d'articulation. Primer-seat washer-fastening screw -Vis d'accrochage de la rondelle porte- 6toupille. Rack Cremaillere de devirage. Rack lock Verrou de la cremaillere. Rack-lock spring Ressort du verrou. Rear clip Fourrure arriere. Rear split ring Anneau exterieur arriere. Securing screw _Vis. Securing-screw washer Vis fixant la rondelle. Securing screw for tube Vis fixant pour tube. Small split ring _Anneau interieur. Spindle plug Grain de lumiere arriere. Spindle-plug gasket RondeIle de grain de lumiere arriere. Spindle spring, front seat .Rondelle d'appui du ressort de rappel de la tete mobile. Spindle spring, rear seat Bague d'appui du ressort de rappel de la tete mobile- Tube .Tube. Operating-lever handle spring Operating-lever latch Operating-lever latch guide Operating-lever latch-guide screw Operating-lever latch-trunnion screw Percussion hammer Percussion-hammer lock bolt Percussion-hammer lock-bolt spring Percussion-hammer Percussion-hammer Vis fixant le talon d'accrochage. _Boignee de manceuvre. Operating-lever handle nut ..Ecrou de poignee de manoauvre. Operating-lever handle sleeve Douille de poignee de manceuvre. _Ressort de poignee de manceuvre. _Levier d'accrochage de la culasse cuvette. _Plaque de guidage du levier d'accrochage. .Vis fixant la plaque (de guidage). Axe du levier (d'accrochage). ..Marteau de percussion. .Bonhomme du marteau de percussion. Ressort du bonhomme du marteau do per- cussion. lock-bolt spring set screw_Vis du ressort du bonhomme du marteau • de percussion. lock-bolt stud Teton du bonhomme du marteau de percussion. operating shaft Cremaillere du marteau de percussion. operating-shaft collar___Rondelle-guide de la cremaillere. operating-shaft collar Goupille de rondelle de la cremaillere. PROVISIONAL RANGE TABLES OF THE 155 MM. GUN,. MODEL OF 1918 (FILLOUX). TABLES V AND VI.-Corresponding to fire of a steel explosive shell, model 1915B. CHARACTERISTICS OF PROJECTILES TO WHICH THESE TABLES APPLY. Name of projectile. Weight. Explosive charge. 43.000 kg. 7. 150 kg. Steel explosive shell, model 1915B APPROXIMATE BALLISTIC COEFFICIENT. Charges. Velocity. Log. e. Nos. Nature. 0 11.800 kg. BM9 735 m. 596 m. 53 1 8.850 kg. BM9 48 INCREASE OF RANGE CORRESPONDING TO THE USE OF ELONGATED FUZE. Charges. 16,000 15,000 14,000 13,000 12,000 11,000 10,000 9,000 8,000 7,000 6,000 5,000 4,000 3, 000 0 600 600 600 600 600 1 300 300 300 300 300 275 240 210 175 140 100 (23) 000000 C000C 24 C ccti 00000 C..00 00040 C0CCO CV 00000000 -= cr-tNvsdi 10.000.3 00.00 r-i rti CO 03 Probable crrors. 4 CO,M030 ,MON, 00 00 0u000 0000000003 CO03030,0 0 r-4 .0t+10t,, MCD.,M c,m,c0m coNcscvcv ,,,,00 ccocococw 0 • • • • 0 0 00 • • • CV,NNO 1,-0000M00 NNO,M. MCONC010 e}CMCs d+ M MNets., ri di M M M C C,1 VD 04 00 MO . VD MM M 04 CC M CC .14 gcateA 00 00 00 00 00 CO E-4 co CO 00 Terminal veloci 0 lz c•I 00 00 0 • ‘14. CV 4N p,1 0 43 e,...00cvc00..0 0"3.11c0c0t, ,-.4t....,--(00 10CV.,... .1"..MMOD CYD 10 CXD 10 0 eu) E., 'el c,i ciS • 4 • 4 eS 't6 r: ' od ' CO CO c:5 ' r-1 • • • .44 cc; • grisc,s vs MM vs ces vs vs vs,,t, ,r, dNr4+ d4 04d4 04 E 0) 744,.J 10.10/00 0010010 00,0,010 100000 10t01000 0,0000 3,-1,,,M,00 CW0,03 ,M,XN ,0.N00 M00030,0 0..NN M,,10VD .,,XM Trirr.srWc,wac,w aNwcqw Gil 04 04 04 CV T; T: CO 00 0003 CO 0 004 NM 00 cLs 00 CO O C•1 Lcl,d .41 CI., 10 CC 00 0, r. rw , .1.04 Angles of fall. D.0,3 C3 4=1 000001— C's M 00 0, CO00010CC, MC7303030, COO CS C, 0 • . • • 6,4,44,4 10N00...14 O 0 O O 0 C•1 O O C\1 Fs, cs)., 0 0 c:, c) c) c., ,14 c) M N 00 C:S CC, N CS 00 X 00 M - cY, tr, CYD-r3 HMO0HM 04 M CY, 10 N ,14 .= O 0 . 04 CI CV N N N C,1 /iN C,I VD 4cUic?s §E-EU o FF,FFS USE§ 0," 25 c'5".Y5'5',15-6 0,-.4,1m, cc2000 00.00 0...1c.qm, c0000 L.,..,..,:t...00= 0000 Ois ..,,,,,r-000 V.... ,.... 0.0t m, Vis "0 . . . . . . CV . . . • . . • • e4 . I.. . . . . : . .. . .. .. , N 00 , 00 ,t, t... 00 CO 0 Cl . Cl N N 00 N V.00 04 CV 00 . . 00 00 . 00 . 000000000 000,0,mo 000000 N t,....M, 010,mm, 0,m0000, ,L.000.. 0.0...e.0 0000. 00.„-.04 ..... ..... ,00000,0, 6 .... ..... o 6 ..... 6 0 000N000 ON.NW 0N000 000Nc0N .N000. 00,01000 000000- 00 NM., c0 1- 00 CV, NM 00000 ,00 00 CO MO . . . ..,.. . . . . . . . . . ... . x- . . .,.. . . . . ,.r. . . , . ,,, cy, , . cz, . . . Lo . . M. . . M. . i . • cr, . . . . M. •. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .., . . . . : ... . „ . . ... . . .,. Cl''"'. ... ... . . . . . ... . . 00 . . . ... . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . , . , . . . . . • . . • . . . . . • . op . . . 0.• • • • (C • • • )0 . . . r.... . • Cl . . CO . . . . CO c,, . . . CO t . . . c., . . . . . . . . . . ce, . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0 . .. . . . . . 1 . . . . 1 . . . . . • I . . . 00000.D00 ONI.00-0 00.0,Nu0 0000000-C, M.MN00 00. 0- W W Cl MO . . CV . . . . • 0000000 00000000 0.0NN 0000000 MM000.0 0,0'.000 00,0000, 0000=0,0 ..... ..... .c.01.000, 0,0.NM . ..... .NNCVN . . . . . M • M •1 • . : . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . • 9 I . . .. . . . .. • I • • • Nei • • . 0 . 0 . .0 00 • . I I . I I : . I : . • • . . . . 9 . . . • . • • • • I I . . • . LO• 0 ,O 0 . .... • • • Li, . 0. ...., O. .. C:, . . . . 0 I 1 i•••••. : . . .. . : : i., . . . . . I 0 . . • . 0 • • • .0 ,0 . . I . • • I 0 0 0 . . . I . . . . • . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0000m.m ,..0 ,MN m,,, . 0101NNN 04m,h0 NNNCVN .Nm,00 CO,•0., .04m, 00 .NN M 00 V. 00 .0 . NM 8F2 '0.0,...,0, EFRpocc,a ,---,-..,o c-.c, 0,---'CO 0,-:inm, .NMv. CO 0,,,.Nm, 00.0.7/.000, 'C CO .,.," ..1,'" • 0 - r-1 00 00 CO O C0 00 • 0- NN •N NN NM 0 c=, 0 0 0 CO 00 MO ..4 00 00 m •44 C,00,,CO 001-1,,00 r. cC, 0000 O,cOCOM Cv N N N c,, • : • 00 Cl C, OQ C, O a, Cl 00000 C,O=C:' 00 occ,00 $Fo'gg 0 C, `,4 ("b 04 ',ft.' 00 0, CV oOcco r.4 r.4 ..4 ,ANN ,mmm00 NmN000 01.0 t..00 M 00 N .0m ,0 00 .0000.W .m.000, WOM a5 d • c4 cx3 -44 Lea 1000000 00000 000000 01000 ,.4 C,4 CO 00 t,. 00 ONM MWM'sm"M' cO'soisMWM' ,Ntrvr 0000 00 .00N .001,0M 00.k0c0N ..N 0. Nm M, 00. 1,000, 0000 MM MM MM MMM trj 75312°-1S 3 rn oc 06 re; CO 0 411 CC ;7-4 121 00 fr4 a, 4.4 F4 26 e .C,000 .0... .C.,...... ..^^. .-40.^. .."....G.< to g „..... 0000 00 0000000, ..-6,...00. .,,,,, g • Lo- Probable errors. •N 00 M . V . - 00 : 00 In In three- V • . . range. tion. . • ' . . • . . . . • . . . spp,-- ,.:NN cog? N MV10,0, Wasor.N MVLO., W.O,C •;-"i NN,NMM M MMMMM MMVVV VVVVV 00V10,0. .o.. Angles of fall. H G__G__N,It oo..,, •• oo OcON0,0 NNNNN •••• • NWMC/C0 N..M, ....1qr,,, zr2vg2 i • 9 • • NNNNN o 0000000100 o•••• NNMMM MMM,4M MMMMC MM ••••• •••• 6 A ,,31000„M0'- 00C0 1000000000 10,C0100, 045,000000 ,-4 00' NV 000000'00V N00.! NV 00' 000000 CO 000010000 ON00'0-0 00000000023 Terminal velocity. C, • . . ... . . N . . . • CC... , O.^1 C3 ”. El 0,“.4 . . CO • • ,...,.• . . . c, . . . . . . . . . ,-.1 . • • CC, . . . . . r...1 . . . . CO .. . M • . 0 . CO I 0 . • • . . • • cr,.... c..4 • • 0 • • • • 1 . . I . • .. • • • • 0 • • . .. 1 • • . 1 . CO.'''CC I • 1 . 1 . • 4 : : : I • I • • I 9 0 • • 1 73 . . . . CO:. • •. V • .51t V., • • • 0... • -- I • • • •. •• • It ,,,,, • . • . 0'- . . . c...1 . ,,-. W ,S 4 • 1 • : • 0,. 0 , , 0• 0, •N I • . • : : I • 1 1. : : : .. • • • . : n • • • . . • . I • . • . . I • • 1 • • • • 4., .4 C> . m.... ' , N.... r...., M i M . . 4, I. • • • • • • . .11.1. • a . N.... cq • 01,.. • 4 • • I 0 I . • • .... .... • • ..... .... .. .. . 1 6 • 0 . 0 • • 1 . I • t . • W 4 cqm g.. eZ009.,00. , .1, ,W00 co NOChN,C) 1--- .... 0 U § 1....1 7.4 .0 1.4 _ r4 =McDO, . o V t--Ot..0 VWN,..0c T...1 1,4C 4"6 ."' 0101010k0 • oommcgm 11001000000100 ....,,,,,c,a, • 1000,0010 0000 tli ,,,,,,,,,,., NNM0000 MMMMM c,...,,,,,,,. ,NNNNN . . VVV,V 0001010 10101010,, .0,1,0 [-Cc .1,0101010 X for latcral rc$7,:,4 . . I . • 00'00'... • I • . . • ..,, • wind 10 m. Ott . • • • • .. . • • • : I • e • • • • • I • • • I • 4 • • • 0 I • . B 5 (C) e e e CC e L..... : 0..... 00 00 00 CO • • 0 • • 4 : • • • i , I • 4 • 1 1 • Deviations for t i Ott, ,4 • 1 N NM CC cross wind. • ,N • • I • 9 I • • • 0 0 00 '00 COO 0 co • . PI•.., 0 0 ,.. • CY, • • CY, : CO • • C 0 U.D t8C134,:, 15gOt3 . 1 • • 0 • I • M.,r • • 1,0 .4....01 • 0 • • . • • e B 0 • • • gz . . . • $ 0 • • 0 . : . . . . • . . .• . . ....., tooli g,.-1E,12:4-. g740t.',3S c0000:00C ',.1?4.0.:24 W.i)ic.:i 00022,7,',1-; -,, eco' 0 cot- ,.0 cy) CO . . . . ',2,4 c,, . . bz -- sT c> ,-.: 0- 00 g • F4 • 5 CO00 04 0 27 E0000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 0000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 0.0000 0.NM, ..043t-0004 0.NM, O.NM, 40c0t-.000, 00 c0 C0 00 CO 0 0000CD.N m,t0c0, 000.N, 00c01 -000 N,40.00 04=C4,e0 000.M, 4040.4.040 401.0c0c01ID c000=00c0 WWWWW W0,04040, 00000 cO,N.0 Mt-c0c00 InC,MMen 0.NM, 040.Nm 6.... MN.NN 0 0 Mk0,04. ,,c0,00 040.N, Mc0000,.0c000 00 UP-c0=c0t0 .. NM 0 0 M.M,GOO 00-0000000 66.00 .40011 .600, ..seo miss CC> 0, .14 0, 444 Cl .04 CD Ls. .0, 04 M 10 m ,.. c,, pc 0 N.O.V CO C4.0 .V.M ,e4 m m .,.VN 40N4N N A A t" A w Cl coo MM CO CO t000—CO. C 0 000, CO CO CO MM CO MM V COs 40 00 • O 00 COO 0 00 CO CO CO CO N 00004M0 Nc00.00 VO4,0,, 040104,0 10.0Nt.... 0.00.00 GuOM..000 CO (46 • g c" tM cd, • oti 0,6 cr; • c6 • M MM MM 01 40000000 00000 000000 00000 00.00.0 00000000 .00000 O..000C) McC)0,N.0 ,0, .0,000.00 00,,,,o0- NNMMM c0,0,,00 WC,00. 00 c0 cC CO 00 Cl C4 O 0 O Cq N CO r-4 r1 ri eh 00 ti 1 00 Cl O C•1 O 00 00 04 0 ri CYD Cg) 7.4 r.4 9.4 0 0 O O 0 0 4.0 O O .0 0 .0 ILO ri O M O N CO. 4. c,) 0, 10 LN, C D C C 0 00 10c yD N 0 D L0o 0: 0 D C0 L0C 0- MC> .00 r.0.4 mCg:M) to C O ,MDp g CD CYD ILO CO tC, t•••• 00 00 CA 1-4 CIP1 GV RriGV 00 CO CO CO 888E8 §8E88 8888§ §8g8 88888 §8§S1 m, m m 88888 00 CA O~• 0- 28 t g. g c,,,,,,,,, c,cw,, ,,,,D0 00000 00000 Q00 , - . Probable errors. 6 ..., g. cq„, — A 4 ras ,...... — . ....4 iz 0b4 46po0.. 4..... Or."-COON ,..Z..... M.Dt..... ....N M=W ... ..... NNN ... Angles of fall. g.Z.” E. 0 bk ,3- MO.,O0 WO.Mu, W.... 0 • VV[0N0 ,..v. WWM =.000 00.v ... C.. - • • • ... ci3 CO- _COOVWN V .LON .0..00. VMW 43 o.N V+ V+ M V V Intl:, VVI M CO Vi t M ,oi [.--00 W V.14 A Terminal velocity. Q• , oo,o E, CO P .5,,,, c c., N N . '173' CO m o ,--.. .,$). e; cr) —g. N ,-. t Z N ›. .o ..-1 r ca M .M O 4N ..' . N ,-4 5—.0 ,-; • .,;MM.D., vi • NWV.W GDMN a; . 0 ho gm. • m. .6 c6 • i•-: o6 E., ., ii e4 vi m...r ..4..0 m.m.m. oa ..240.44,6 ..,...oup 0..0000 000 51:' WV.00V 41,.NMMV .,pN0 ..000 WM0 Eit5,0 .;.,C,INNNN LO.0,0,00 NNM NNNNN X for lateral .6,, CO , CO CO wind 10 m. 4 .... g ....,4 g ,,1 0..., . A M" 0' .0 .f, 00 PI 1 Deviations for 6 g ; 4§7,• V ..0'.. CC 1..4 .. crass wind. 04 . N .M r..1 rt W.'',v., riS 0 CO .Nm Vu.D.,W .0. NVN NNNNN NMM , ::::4 .-.... . g tEt4„,zj CO 0 CC COCO m CO 0.0 c, !grg,t,: 0 e., m CO 0 0 CCW. W i .,1"4."; vAit."!igg .14g .C b., °KI R g N es, V 2 -004 M m m 0; A§F§ P.§§ §F e, .., b.. ..,-; m- m- g !,. " . . g CO- 29 • CO GO • .4•Ts 00 GO 11 4:1 8 GO ,D 11 cl) .9 co , c.) 15.2 4.4 0 4 • a'.b4s E .75 • 8 • Ca • i*e • "0 0 GO Wt... tl) cd GO 0) 0) GO e • g . 4'2 ce • 11 7, 1= I • 8 cr1 2 GGGG ,-; N co 00 1,4 0 C, C, VI • Cb r`• 00 , 00 . If, • ki, . . . ..D ,Zr • N I I . -H -H N GO. N N t GO 00 0 '-1 0, if, if, NGO I 1 -H -H 0 o 00 )0 GOGO cr4 0 co 0 VS' k.,"J 00 )0 I 1 -14 I-1 C,1 •••,4 N 00 0-N 00 N N '.4.+ I 1 -H -H 00 -H N N 0 I : -H GO 00 N GO 0 8 N -H • • • cC, • . • • • • 4.0 , Cr, Cit • • ••••4 • 00 • • N • et. 8 06' a 0 -H N 0 0 GO 8 GO . 00 co • N • • v. 0 4.0.‘ • 00 AMMUNITION. Separate loading ammunition is used in the 1.55 mm. gun (filloux), and is made up of either shrapnel or high-explosive common steel shell. The types of projectile differ slightly in length, the shells being the longer. Each shell is issued with the projectile filled, but unfuzed, with the fuze hole closed with a suitable plug. The weight of the projectile is 95 pounds. The total weight of each round is 120 pounds. The components of each round are the primer, the powder charge, projectile, and fuze. THE PRIMER. [Plate V.] The 155 mm. gun (filloux) is made to take a percussion primer known as the 21-grain percussion primer, Mark II. This primer has no exterior thread, and is held in its seat by the firing mechanism. To insure the ignition of the propelling charge of smokeless powder -in the cartridge, it is necessary that either the primers contain in themselves, in addition to the percussion composition, an auxiliary charge of black powder, or that an igniting charge of black. powder be placed in the rear and core of the cartridge to communicate the flame from the percussion primer and thoroughly ignite the smokeless powder, or both means of ignition may be employed. An igniting charge is used in conjunction with the primer in the 155 mm. gun (filloux). The percussion primer known as the 21-grain percussion primer contains an igniting charge of 21 grains of black powder in addition to the essential elements of a percussion primer. The 21-grain percussion primer, Mark II, is shown assembled in Plate V, and consists of a brass case resembling in shape a small-arms cartridge case. The head, or rear end of the primer, is countersunk, forming a cup-shaped recess in which the percussion primer proper is fitted. The latter consists of a cap, anvil, and percussion composition, assembled as shown in Plate V. The percussion composition contains the followino. ingredients: Per cent. Fulminate of mercury :15 Chlorate of potash 35 Sulphide of antimony 30 (30) 11 LLI 1c acic C(L' NICIC z bASE CHARGE 31 The percussion-cap recess is connected with the interior of the primer case by a small vent. The body of the case contains 21 grains of black powder, constituting the rear igniting charge for the igniting charge in the cartridge. This black powder is inserted -under sufficient pressure to retain it in the primer, and a layer of composition wax is used to close the end. The outside surface of the wax is covered with a layer of shellac to insure water-tightness. In action the blow of the firing pin of the breach mechanism explodes the percussion •cap, which ignites the black powder. The flames of the latter shoot out and ignite the auxiliary charge of black powder in the cartridge, which in turn ignites the smokeless-powder charge. ' THE CARTRIDGE. [Plate VI.] The propelling charge of smokeless powder for the 155 mm. gun (filloux) is a sectionalized charge consisting of two sections, .or, bags, of powder, comprising a base charge and one smaller increment, corresponding to the two-muzzle velocities which are standard for the piece and marked accordingly. The bags are made of cartridge cloth and wrapped with strips to make the cartridge firm and compact for handling. The total cartridge, consisting of base charge and increment, covers practically the full length and diameter of the powder chamber and weighs approximately 25 pounds and 4 ounces. An igniting charge of 7 ounces of black powder is inserted at the rear end of the base charge. Another igniting charge of 4 ounces is contained in the rear end of the additional charge. The full charge is used for maximum-range firing. The base charge only is used for ranges reached with the lower muzzle velocity, the incremental charge being removed. THE PROPELLING CHARGE OF SMOKELESS POWDER. The powder composing the propelling charge is a nitro-cellulose powder consisting of multiperforated cylindrical grains. The weight of the charge varies slightly for different lots of powder, but approximates 25 pounds and 4 ounces. The weight is determined from the acceptance test of the powder lot, which also gives the standard muzzle velocity of that particular lot of powder. THE COMMON STEEL SHELL. [Plate VII.] The common steel shell for use with the 155 mm. gun (filloux) has a total length of 22.7 inches unfazed and 23.58 inches fuzed, and an ogival head struck with a radius of 65.47 inches, and is fitted 32 with two copper rotating bands forced into undercut seats 3.2 inches and 4.4 inches, respectively, from the base of the shell. The bands are 0.59 inch wide and 0.59 inch apart. The bottom of each band seat in the shell is roughened to prevent slipping of the band. The base of the shell is solid and is fitted with a base cover consisting of a lead disk and copper cover which are calked into a circular undercut groove in the shell base with lead calking wire. This cover is to prevent leakage of flame from the propelling charge through the shell base, which might cause premature explosion of the shell in the bore of the gun. The cavity of the shell is 21.44 inches long, 3.15 inches in diameter at its base end, 4.65 inches in diameter at about midway of the shell, and decreases in diameter toward the point in accordance with an arc with radius of 42 inches. Its capacity unfuzed is 272.307 cubic inches, and fuzed, 265.535 cubic inches. When finished the cavity is lacquered to diminish the danger of premature ignition of the bursting charge from friction, and the exterior is painted the distinctive colors prescribed by the Ordnance Department. The loaded shell contains a bursting charge of approximately 15.17 pounds cast trinitrotoluol. The weight of the shell with bursting charge, fuze, and base cover is 95 pounds. GAS SHELL. The shell body of the 155-mm. gas shell is identical with the common steel shell except that it has no base cover, and the tap hole to receive the adapter is tapered to make a gas-tight joint. The gas, which consists of phosgene gas, is liquefied by cooling to —15° F. and poured in. A sufficient space is left to allow for expansion when the gas regains atmospheric temperature. The screwing in of the adapter seals the gas hermetically in the shell cavity. A booster charge similar to the one used to explode the common steel shell is located in the adapter and is sufficient to open the nose of the shell and release the gas. An instantaneous point detonating fuze is used to prevent the shell from being buried in the ground before bursting. The total length of the gas shell fuzed with the Mark III point detonating fuze is 28.03 inches. SHRAPNEL. [Plate VIH.1 The shrapnel for use in the 155-mm. gun (Filloux) is a base-charged shrapnel fitted with a combination time and percussion fuze. The case is offorgel tee l with solid lase. The rotating band is SECOND COMBINAT/ON FUZE V L 75312-18---4 33 forced into an annular groove cut into the case 0.6 inches from the base. The front, or mouth, of the case is closed by a steel head screwed in and tapped to take the service 31-second combination time and percussion fuze. This shrapnel is shown assembled on Plate VIII. The bursting charge is composed of 1.35 pounds 'black shrapnel powder. The bursting charge thus arranged is covered by a steel diaphragm. The diaphragm supports a steel or brass central tube which extends forward to the fuze and thus affords a conduit for the flames from the fuze to the busting charge. At the rear end of the central tube a stopper of dry guncotton is fitted to assist the ignition of the bursting charge and to prevent the loose powder from getting into the tube. At the rear end of the head is a steel matrix cover with a hole in the center to allow the tube to pass through to the fuze. The shrapnel filling between the steel diaphragm and the steel matrix cover is composed of approximately 849 lead balls of approximately 304 grains in weight. The balls are poured around the central tube and rest upon the steel diaphragm. The interstices contain a smoke-producing matrix of white naphthaline and melted resin. This matrix, in addition to serving as a smoke producer, also assists to prevent deformation of the lead balls. The head beyond the matrix cover is filled with resin up to the base of the fuze. In action, the case is not ruptured upon the explosion of the bursting charge, but the diaphragm, balls, head, and fuze .are expelled from the case with increase of velocity in much the same way as shot is expelled from a shotgun cartridge. FUZES. COMBINATION FUZES. These are point fuzes for use with shrapnel. They combine time and percussion elements. Because they are set by turning a graduated ring carrying part of the time train, they are known as ring or " dial " fuzes. They may be reset as often as necessary. The parts are made up for the most part from brass and bronze. FRANKFORT ARSENAL 31-SECOND COMBINATION FUZE. [Plate IX.] The 31-second Frankfort Arsenal fuze is to be completely superseded by the 45-second fuze, which is identical except in the speed of burning of the time train and the graduations on the time-train ring. 34 As there will be a considerable number of 31-second fuzes to be used in service, only the description of the 31-second fuze is given and illustrated, the 45-second fuze being too similar to require separate explanation. This fuze consists of the following parts, assembled as shown in Plate IX : (a) Body. (b) Closing cap. (b') Vents in closing cap. (b2) Safety wire. (c) Upper time-train ring. (el) Washer for time-train ring, graduated, felt cloth. (d) Time-train ring, graduated. (d1) Washer for body, felt cloth. (d2) Rotating pin. (e) Concussion plunger. (0) Concussion resistance ring. (f) Firing pin. (g) Vent leading to upper time train. (Ii) Compressed powder pellet. (i) Upper time train, compressed powder. (j) Compressed-powder pellet, in vent leading to lower time train. (j1) Compressed-powder pellet in lower time-train vent. (k) Lower time train, compressed powder. (7) Brass disk, locked in place. (m) Compressed-powder pellet in vent. (o) Vent leading to magazine. (p) Powder magazine. (q) Percussion plunger. (r) Percussion primer. (s) Vents leading from percussion primer to magazine. (u) Bottom-closing screw. (v) Washer for closing screw, muslin. (w) Washer for closing screw. In the lower face of each ring a horseshoe-shaped annular groove is milled. Meal powder is compressed into these grooves under 51,000 pounds pressure per square inch, forming the time train. The time train in both grooves totals 12.35 inches in length. The principal parts of the time element in this fuze are : The time or concussion plunger (3) , the concussion resistance ring (0) ; the firing pin (f) , the vent leading to the upper time train (g) , the compressed-powder pellet (It), the upper time train (I), the vent ()), the lower time train (A) , the compressed-powder pellet (m) in the vent (o) leading to the powder magazine. 35 The plunger (e) is cylindrical and contains the primer composition in a recess in its base. This concussion-resistance ring (es) prevents contact of the primer and firing pin by supporting the weight of the plunger which rests on it. The acceleration of the projectile during discharge causes the plunger, through inertia, to spread the ring and bring the primer into contact with the firing pin. Thus begun, the functions of the important parts are best explained by the following description of the time action: Assuming first the " zero " setting as shown in the figure, the concussion plunger arms and fires its primer at the discharge of the gun. The flame from the primer passes out through the vent, (g), which is drilled through the walls of the concussion plunger chamber and is exactly opposite a hole in the inner surface of the upper time train at its farthest end. At the zero setting the vents are registered, the flame passing directly down vent (j) to the lower end of the time train (k) , then through the vent (o) to the magazine (p), from which the flame is transmitted to the base charge of the shrapnel. Assuming any other setting (such as 12 seconds), the rotation of the graduated ring, so that zero is 12 divisions from the datum mark, separates the vents (j) and (g), stopping direct access to the train (k) and forcing the flame to travel counterclockwise until it reaches the new position of vent (j), then pass down to train (k) and back clockwise to vent (o) where it ignites the powder pellet (in) and explodes the powder magazine (p). The lower time-train ring is graduated in a clockwise direction on its outer edge from 0 to 31.6. For the 31.6-second setting the vent ( j) leading to the beginning of the lower time train is opposite the end of the upper time train, and the end of the lower time train is opposite the vent (o) leading to the powder magazine. It will no* be seen that the entire length of time train in both rings must be burned before the flame can reach the magazine (p) and burst the shrapnel. A safety setting is obtained by utilizing the solid surfaces of the upper and lower time train rings left between the ends of the annular grooves. 'This point is marked by a line on the outer edge of the movable time train and surmounted by an S and is located about halfway between the zero mark and the 31.6-second graduation. When this point is brought opposite the datum line the vent (j) is rotated to beneath the solid metal, separating the ends of the upper time train in the upper ring, while the vent leading to the powder magazine (p) is covered by the solid metal separating the ends of the lower time train in the lower ring. With the fuze set at safety the upper time train may burn entirely out, if the time plunger should be accidentally fired, without the flame reaching the magazine (p). The solid metal of the lower ring, 36 covering vent (o) , gives additional safety in case of a gas or flame leakage. The safety setting is the one used to cause the shrapnel to burst on impact. • Washers (0) and (c/1) are glued to the upper face of the graduated time ring train and to the upper face of the flange of the fuze stock. Both surfaces are scored as shown to make the washers adhere firmly. The washers act as a gas check and prevent premature action of the fuze. The compressed pellet (j') in the vent leading from the outside to the beginning of the lower time train is to release the pressure of the gases of the burning train. Escape of the gases from both time trains is through the annular spaces shown in the illustration and out the vents (b1) in the closing cap. The percussion element of the fuze as shown in the plate consists of a centrifugal percusgion plunger (q) and an ordinary percussion primer (r) . The centrifugal plunger (q) is provided with a slot to receive the firing pin, which is mounted on a fulcrum and kept in the unarmed position by two pins which fit in recesses on opposite sides of the plunger by the tension of the springs. These springs are designed to suit the velocity of rotation of the particular projectile in which the fuze is used. Centrifugal force due to the rotation of the projectile forces the pins outward against the tension of the springs, releasing the firing pin, which is also rotated into its armed position by centrifugal force. Two spring housings hold the entire plunger and its housing away from the primer during handling, transportation, and flight.. The system of vents through the walls of the fuze shown in figure 2 conducts the flame from the percussion pruner to the magazine (p). The bottom closing screw (w) ses the percussion plunger re- cess and keeps the powder in the magazine. The muslin washer (v) is shellacked and held by the brass washer (w). A projecting lip is crimped over the edge of the washer from the under edge of the bottom closing screw. These fuzes are assembled in shrapnel. For transportation in limbers and caissons the fuze should always be set at the safety point. A hermetically sealed waterproof hood of thin brass is provided for this fuze. The hood should be stripped off before attempting to set the fuze. Remove the safety wire before setting the fuze, and replace the wire if the round is not fired. If the safety wire can not be replaced, the round should not be carried in ammunition chests or roughly handled, and should be fired at the next firing. 36-29-110 CO 03 L - - - L r - - \<- rr Li L_ -t_ - - - X 0 it DETONATI\C 0 _J 37 POINT DETONATING FUZE, MARK IV. The 155 mm. common steel shell is fitted at its point with a suitable adapter to receive a detonating fuze, Mark III or IV. The principal parts of the Mark IV fuze are shown assembled on Plate X, as follows: - A. Head plug. K. Safety casing. B. Body. N. Retard spring. BB. Detonator. 0. Retard carrier (delay or non- C. Firing pin, delay). D. Arming casing. Q. Detonator retainer. E. Arming spring. W. Relay cap. F. Percussion primer. X. Detonator casing. J. Percussion plunger. In action the explosion of the propelling charge causes the arming casing to move backward against the arming spring, disengaging the points of the safety casing from the rear shoulders of the percussion plunger. The percussion plunger then moves forward into firing position, its front shoulders becoming engaged with the points of the arming casing, which prevent its return to the unarmed position. The retard spring prevents the plunger from moving too far forward, until on impact the tension of the retard spring is overcome and the firing pin explodes the percussion primer in the head of the plunger. Flame from this explosion is transmitted to the relay cap, the explosion of which explodes the detonator, which in turn detonates the booster charge, which detonates the bursting charge in the shell. This fuze may be fitted for either delay or nondelay action. - POINT DETONATING FUZE MARK III. (Plate XL) The 155 mm. gas shell is fitted at its point with a suitable gastight adapter and booster caing to receive a detonating fuze, Mark III. The principal parts of the fuze as shown assembled on Plate XI are as follows : Centrifugal safety spiral and split ring, body, cap, safety pin, firing pin, firing-pin head, percussion primer, upper detonator, lower detonator. In action the centrifugal force due to the rotation of the shell causes the safety spiral to unwind and permits the split ring, which helps to hold the firing pin in its safe position, to spread and fall from the fuze. On impact the firing pin is driven into the percussion primer. The percussion primer on explosion ignites the upper detonator, which transmits flame to the lower detonator. This explodes the booster charge, bursting the shell and releasing the gas. 38 THE HAND FUZE SETTER. (Plate XII.) The hand fuze setter for the 155 mm. gun (Filloux) is a device for rapid and accurate setting of the time burning of the combination fuze for various ranges and heights of burst. This fuze setter is for use on the 31-second combination time and percussion fuze and is shown on Plate XII. The principal parts of the fuze setter are as follows : Case, worm knob, worn-1 case, range ring, index bar, worm, stop pin, corrector scale, corrector-scale sup- port, guide plate, range-ring carrier, worm-adjusting screw, range index. The aluminum case of the setter has a serrated rim forming a handle for turning. The range ring is mounted on the range-ring carrier, which is operated by the knob on the worm. The corrector scale is mounted on the corrector-scale support and is operated by the knob on the worm. The guide plate rests on the projectile. A slot is cut in the range-ring carrier, which engages with the pin on the graduated time-train ring of the fuze. A stop pin is attached to the corrector-scale support and engages with the stop pin of the fuze to limit the motion of the fuze setter. In action the range index is set on the index bar to indicate the zone corresponding to the powder charge used. The knob of the range worm is turned until the required range on the range ring registers with the index. The corrector worm knob is then turned until the graduated line on the corrector scale, which indicates the desired correction for the height of burst registers with the engraved arrow on the case. In setting the fuze the waterproof cap is removed, the safety wire withdrawn, and the hand fuze setter placed over the fuze and turned until the slot in the range ring carrier engages with the pin on the graduated time-train ring of the fuze. The guide plate and the range ring carrier will then bear firmly on the projectile. The fuze setter is then turned clockwise, as indicated by the arrow on the top of the case, until the stop pin attached to the corrector scale support engages with the fixed stop pin on the fuze and further motion is prevented. The pointer which is attached to the top of the corrector scale should register with the graduated line on the closing cap of the fuze to indicate when the stop pin of the fuze setter and the fixed stop pin of the fuze are in contact. PACKING AMMUNITION FOR SHIPMENT. The components of the rounds for the 155-mm. gun (fillon-x) are prepared separately for shipment. The common steel shell is shipped unfuzed and a suitable plug is screwed into the fuze hole. This plug 39 is fitted with a. ring bolt to facilitate handling. A fiber or rope grommet is placed on the projectile to protect the copper rotating band. Punch marks on the outside of the projectile about one-half inch below the bourrelet indicate its weight. The shrapnel is packed in a wooden box, fuzed with the 31-second combination fuze. The fuze is protected with a waterproof cover. The outside of the box is marked to indicate its contents. The primers are placed in moisture-proof tin boxes, 20 to a. box, and a number of these tin boxes are packed in a larger wooden box, which is so marked on the outside as to indicate its contents and the lot number. Point detonating fuzes, Marks III and IV, are packed in a suitable wooden box with moisture-proof metal liner, 50, Mark III, and 100, Mark IV, in a box. The boxes are so marked on the outside as to indicate their, contents and the lot numbers of the same. The 31-second combination fuzes are shipped assembled in the shrapnel. The propelling charges of smokeless powder are packed for shipment in individual metal-lined airtight containers, which are suitably marked on the outside to indicate the contents and lot number of the same. 155-MM. GUN CARRIAGE, MODEL OF 1918 (FILLOUX). WEIGHTS, DIMENSIONS, ETC. Weight of carriage, complete pounds__ 11,065 Weight of gun and carriage, complete do____ 19, 863 Weight of gun and carriage on limber (gun in traveling posi- tion) pounds____ 6,490 Weight of recoil mechanism, complete do____ 3, 085 Diameter Of wheel _millimeters__ 1,160 Width of track (center to center of tires) do____ 2, 250 Length of recoil of gun (maximum) do____ 1, 800 Height of axis of gun (from ground line) do____ 1, 482 Height of line of sight (axis of rotating head prism above ground line) millimeters__ 1, 680. 5 Maximum range movement degrees__ 0 to 35 Range movement of the piece with one turn of the elevating hand- wheel minutes__ 2S. 72 Maximum traversing movement (right and left) degrees__ 60 Azimuth movement of the piece with one turn of the traversing hand- wheel minutes__ 43. 2 Initial pressure in the recuperator pounds per square inch__ 1, 420 Maximum pressure in the recuperator (long recoil) 2, 219 Length of long recoil in cradle mill i meter s_ 1, 800 Length of short recoil of gun in cradle 1,100 Free height under• carriage (without wheel shoes) do____ 250 (40) 75312°—ls 5 CLASS 36 DIVISION 3 DRAWING 86 41 NOMENCLATURE OF PARTS. Num- Name of part. Location. Property classification. ber re- quired. Class. Section. 1 Axle, complete Axle 2 Axle arm gasket Between axle arm washer and wheel center. 2 Axle arm washer Between axle shoulder and wheel center. 1 Axle spring, complete, consisting of— 1 Spring Bottom carriage 2 Spring bushings Ends of spring 1 Spring keeper Through center of spring leaves 1 Spring keeper washer With spring keeper. 1 24 crown nut do_ 1 Axle spring fastenings, complete, consisting of— 4 Shackles (inner) Pivoted to axle 4 Shackles (outer) Connect adjusting rod inner shackle with spring. 2 Shackle bolts Pivots inner shackle to axle 2 24 crown nuts With shackle bolts • 2 8 by 12 steel pins . do 2 24 washers do 2 6 split pins With shackle bolt nuts 4 Shackle bushings Bearing between shackle bolts and shackle (inner). 2 Shackle separators Pivots inner and outer shackles and connects with adjusting bolt. 4 24 crown nuts With shackle separator 4 24 washers do 4 6 split pins With shackle separator nut 2 *Adjusting rods Between shackle separator and brake bracket. 2 Adjusting rod pin Pivots adjusting rod to brake bracket.. 2 10 by 30 steel pins With adjusting rod pin 2 4 by 6 headless steel screws do 2 Adjusting rod pin handle do 2 Adjusting rod pin plunger do 2 Adjusting rod pin stop Screw into brake bracket 2 Adjusting rod pin spring With adjusting rod pin 2 Axle spring pins Pivots spring to outer shackle 2 14 by 42 steel pins With axle spring pin IV 3 2 4 by 10 headless steel screws do 2 Axle spring pin handle do 2 Axle spring pin plunger do 2 Axle spring pin lock plate With outer shackle 2 Axle spring pin spring Fits in axle spring pin plunger 1 Spring plate (lower) Lower center portion of spring 1 Spring plate (upper) Top center portion of spring • 4 Spring stud Bolts spring to bottom carriage 4 24 crown nuts With spring studs 2 Brakes, complete, each consisting of— 1 Brake band adjusting bolt collar.. On brake band adjusting bolt 1 Brake bracket (right) Bolted on axle 2 Brake bracket bushings Sets in brake bracket 1 Oil cup (see 30-2-21) On brake bracket 2 Brake bracket bolts Holds brake bracket to axle 4 24 crown nuts For brake bracket bolts. 4 6 split pins For above bolts 1 Brake lever Connected to end of brake crank by brake crank bushing. 1 4 by 26 split pins With brake lever 1 16 by 50 (A-34) pins, type A do.. 1 Brake bracket pin Pins brake band adjusting bolt to brake bracket. 2 4 split pins For brake bracket pin nuts 2 16 crown nuts For brake bracket pin 2 Brake bracket pin washers do 1 Brake band adjusting bolts. Between end of brake band and brake brackets. 2 24 nuts On brake band adjusting bolts.. ...... 1 Brake band hinges Riveted to end of brake band 1 18 by 60 ( A-44) type A pins Pins brake link to brake band hinge.. _ 2 4 by 32 split pins For above pins 1 Brake band ends Riveted to end of brake band. 1 Brake band, complete, consisting of.. _ Fit over brake drum 1 Brake lever spring (right) On right brake bracket 1 Linings Fit over brake drum 1 Spring steel bands. d Brake crank. Supported by brake bracket. Brake crank bushing Keyed to brake crank 42 NOMENCLATURE OF PARTS—Continued. Name of part. Location. Property classification. Class. Section. 1V Brake band, complete, consisting cf—Continued. 34 by 14 by 6 keys. 24 crown nuts 18 by 50 (A-35) pins, type A 4 by 32 split pins 24 washers Brake drum Brake drum bolt collar Brake drum bolts 16 crown nuts 4 split pins Brake link Cradle, complete (including recoil and counter-recoil mechanism): Piston rod yoke Recoil piston rod key Recoil regulating arm Recoil regulating arm spindle Washer Slide pin Counter rod gear sector Cam gear sector Counter rod gear sector washer. Cam gear sector washer _ Washer screw Automatic filler housing. Automatic filler housing cover _ Automatic filler housing plug Washer Automatic filler housing screw _ Automatic filler housing cover screw. Housing cover bolt nut Lock washer (Grower), 16 mm Lock washer (Grower), 12 mm Thong eyebolt Recoil cylinder draining sleeve Recoil cylinder draining connection Recoil cylinder filling orifice plug. Recoil cylinder filling orifice plug collar. Washer Recoil cylinder filling orifice valve Recoil cylinder filling orifice valve spring. Thong. Counter-recoil filling sleeve Counter-recoil filling connection_ __ Counter-recoil filling orifice plug_ _ Counter-recoil filling orifice plug collar. Counter-recoil filling plug washer_ _ Counter-recoil filling orifice valve. _ Counter-recoil filling orifice valve spring. Counter-recoil filling connection lock. Lock screw Thong Thong eyebolt Packing washer Gasket Bottom carriage, complete: Axle centering pins 16 by 26 cone point headless set screws. Axle pivot 8 by 14 headless screws Axle pivot handle Bearing disk 52 Belleville springs Cover Cover hinge bracket 8 by 25 C' sunk-head screws Cover pin On brake crank do do do.. do Bolted to spokes of wheels On brake drum bolts Secures brake drum to wheel With brake drum bolts For crown nuts Connects brake band lunge with brake band crank. Mounted on top carriage do do do do do do do do do do do do.. do.. _____ do do.. do do do do do do do do do do _do do do do Through top portion of bottom carriage. Through bottom carriage into axle centering pin. Through bottom carriage and axle With axle pivot do Support Belleville springs In spring box Pivot on cover hinge bracket Bolted to bottom carriage Bolts cover hinge bracket to bottom carriage. Pivots cover on cover hinge bracket Assembled on cradle do 3 Number required. 1 1 2 1 1 7 7 7 7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 12 3 3 12 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 8 1 16 43 NOMENCLATURE OF PARTS—Continued. Num- Name of past. Location. Property classification. ber re- quired. Class. Section. Bottom carriage, complete—Contd. 1 3 by 30 split pin For cover pin Pivot bolt Joins bottom and upper carriages Pivot bolt nut With pivot bolt 8 by 12 headless screw With pivot bolt nut 1 Plunger On pivot cover Plunger bushing do 3 by 5 copper dowel do Plunger knob do 3 by 20 steel pin To hold plunger knob on plunger 1 Plunger spring do Socket (upper) Fits in pivot bolt 1 Socket (lower) Middle of Belleville springs 1 8 by 75 steel pin Through lower socket and nut 1 48 crown nut 32, thick Lower part of lower socket 1 Socket bearing Between upper and lower sockets 1 Spring box Bolted to bottom carriage 3 Spring box bolts Bolts spring box to bottom carriage. 1 Spring box nut Screws into spring box 3 20 crown nuts With spring box bolt 3 20 washers cut, special do 2 Trail pins. Pins trail to bottom carriage 2 Trail pin keepers With trail pin 2 Trail pin keeper springs do 2 Trail pin nuts do 2 Trail pin nut lever do 4 Trail pin nut lever washer do 2 Trail pivot Pivots trail to bottom carriage 2 Trail pivot nut pins With trail pivot 2 Trail pivot nuts do 2 Trail pivot washers do 1 Traversing rack Screwed to bottom carriage 11 12 by 36 countersunk head screws _ With traversing rack 1 Traversing rack key Keys traversing rack to bottom carriage. 2 8 by 19.25 C' sunk-head screws_ _ With traversing rack key 2 Spades (light), parts for one complete spade: 4 39 Belleville springs On top of spade bolts 2 Spade bolts (rear) Pivoted to spade bolt bracket (rear)... Pivots spade bolt to spade bolt bracket. IV 3 2 25 by 105 pins, type A 4 6 by 39 split pins With above pins 2 Spade bolts (front) Pivoted to spade bolt bracket (front).. 2 25 by 105 pins, type A Pivots spade bolt to spade bolt bracket. 4 6 by 38 split pins With above pins 4 Spade bolt collars At top of spade bolts 4 5 by 56 pins With spade bolt collar 4 Spade bolt nut At top of spade bolt 1 Spade bolt bracket (rear, right). Riveted to float plate 1 Spade bolt bracket (rear, lett) do Spade bolt bracket (front, right) do 1 Spade bolt bracket (front, lett) do 4 Spade bolt nut lever Through eye to spade bolt 8 Lever collars On ends of spade bolt nut lever Spade plate Forms base side of spade Trail bearing plate stop Riveted to spade plate in center of top portion. 1 Trail sole plates Riveted to top of spade plate 1 Transverse stop plates Riveted to top of spoke plate rear end 4 Washers With lifting ring 2 Spades (light) complete, each consisting of— 4 Lifting rings, complete, each consisting of— 1 Eye Riveted to top of spade plate 1 Ring In opening of eye 4 Spade bracket (2 right, 2 left), consisting of- 4 405 by.195 by 15.9 plates Forms webs between top and side of spade plate. 4 3 by 3 by 510 angles (right)._ Riveted to top of spade plate 4 3 by 3 by 510 angles (left) do 2 3 by 3 by 440 angles, outside, right. Riveted to side of spade plate and plate forming web. 2 3 by 3 by 440 angles, inside, do right. 2 3 by 3 by 440 angles, outside, do left. 2 3 by 3 by 440 angles, inside, left, do 44 NOMENCLATURE OF PARTS—Continued. Num- Name of part. Location. Property classification. ber re- quired. Class. Section. 2 Spades (heavy), complete, each consisting of- 4 39 Belleville springs On spade bolts (top) 1 Float plates Top of spade 2 Gusset angles (top, right) Riveted to underside of float plate_ _ _ 2 Gusset angles (top, left) do 2 Gusset angles (side, right) Riveted to spade gusset angle and spade plate. 2 Gusset angles (side, left) do 2 Spade bolts (rear) Pivoted to spade bolt bracket (rear)... 2 25 by 105 pins, type A Picots spade bolt to spade bolt bracket. 4 6 by 39 split pins With above pins 2 Spade bolts (front) Pivoted to spade bolt bracket (front). _ 2 25 by 105 pins, type A Pivots spade bolt to spade bolt bracket. 4 6 by 38 split pins With above pin 4 Spade bolt collar At top of spade bolts 4 5 by 56 pins With spade bolt collar 4 Spade bolt nut At top of spade bolt 1 Spade bolt bracket (rear, right) _ Riveted to float plate 1 Spade bolt bracket (rear, left) do 1 Spade bolt bracket (front, right). do 1 Spade bolt bracket (front, left) do 4 Spade bolt nut lever Through eye to spade bolt 2 Spade gusset plate Riveted to spade gusset angle 1 Spade plate Riveted to gusset angle and spade plate angle. 1 Spade plate angle (outer, right)._ _ Riveted to underside of float plate and spade plate. Spade plate angle (outer, left) do 1 Spade plate angle (rear) Riveted to underside of float plate... _ 1 Spade plate angle (inner) Riveted to float plate 1 Trail bearing plate stop. Riveted to top of float plate 1 Transverse stop plate do 8 Lever collars On ends of spade bolt nut lever Top carriage, complete, consisting or— 1 Connecting shaft (elevating) Connects elevating shaft with elevating pinion. 1 Connecting shaft (traversing) Connects traversing gear shaft with traversing pinion shaft. 2 Connecting shaft spring In traversing worm gear shaft IV 3 2 Connecting shaft spring plunger _ In traversing worm gear 1 Elevating gear Keyed to elevating gear shaft 1 5 by 5.5 by 50 taper pin Pins elevating gear to elevating gear shaft. 1 Elevating gear box Bolted to bottom of top carriage 16 by 34 tap bolt Bolts elevating gear box to top carriage. 1 16 lock washer With above bolt 1 Elevating gear box cover Covers elevating gear box 5 10 by 33 bolts Bolts elevating gear box cover to gear box. 5 10 lock washers With above bolts 5 10 nuts do 1 Oil cup do 4 Elevating gear box studs Holds elevating gear box cover on elevating gear. 4 10 nuts With elevating gear box studs 4 3 by 20 pins do 4 10 lock washers do 1 Elevating gear shaft Mounted on bearing formed by gear box. 1 6 by 22 by 9.7 Woodruff key Keys elevating gear. to elevating gear shaft. 1 Elevating handwheel collar On elevating handwheel shaft 1 Traversing worm gear shaft Mounted on bearing formed by gear box. 1 6 by 22 by 9.7 Woodruff key Keys traversing gear to traversing gear shaft. • 1 Elevating handwheel shaft Mounted on bearing formed by gear box cover. 6 by 19 by 8.55 Woodruff key Keys elevating pinion to elevating handwheel shaft. 1 6 by 22 by 9.7 Woodruff key Keys elevating handwheel to elevating handwheel shaft. 1 16 nut End of elevating handwheel shaft 1 6 by 70 split pin Pins elevating handwheel to elevating handwheel 1 Elevating pinion (helical) Keyed to elevating handwheel shaft... 45 NOMENCLATURE OF PARTS—Continued. Num- ber re- quired. Property classification. Class. Name of part. Location. Section. 3 Iv Top carriage, complete, consisting of—Continued. Elevating pinion Elevating rack 20 by 43 tap bolts Elevating rack key (long) Elevating rack key (short) Elevating rack key screw Elevating worm (left front) Elevating worm shaft Elevating worm shaft• bushing (front). Elevating worm shaft bushing (rear). Elevating worm shaft cap Lock screw Oil cup Elevating 'worm shaft pinion Handwheel body Handwheel ferrules Handwheel handles Handwheel spindles 10 lock washers 10 nuts B andwheel spindle collars_ Handwheel spindle washers Instruction plate (traversing). 4 button-head rivets Instruction plate (elevating) 4 button-head rivets Oil tube do. Traversing handwheel collar Traversing handwheel shaft 6 by 22 by 9.7 Woodruff 'key _ _ - 16 nut 16 lock washer Traversing gear . 5 by 5.5 by 50 taper pin. Traversing pinion Traversing pinion, helical 6 by 19 by 8.55 Woodruff key 6 by 70 split pin Traversing pinion lock screw Traversing pinion shaft Traversing worm (left-hand) Traversing worm shaft 30 crown nut Traversing worm shaft bearing. . Traversing worm shaft bushing, left. Traversing worm shaft bushing, right. Traversing worm shaft washer Makes ball-and-socket joint with connecting rod (elevating) and meshes with elevating worm shaft pinion. - Meshes with elevating worm Screws elevating rack to cradle do do Screws keys to elevating rack Keyed to elevating form shaft Supported by top carriage Between front end of elevating worm • shaft. Between rear end of elevating worm shaft and top bearing. Screwed on rear end of elevating worm shaft bushing. Through elevating worm shaft cap into elevating worm shaft bushing (rear). Screwed into elevating worm shaft cap Keyed to elevating worm shaft and meshes with elevating pinion. Keyed to traversing or elevating hand-wheel shaft. On end of handwheel spindle On handwheel spindle Through handwheel body On end of handwheel spindles On end of handwheel spindle On end of handwheel handle Between handwheel spindle and hand-wheel handle. Rivered to handwheel body Rivets instruction plate to handwheel Riveted to handwheel (elevating) Rivets instruction plate to hand wheel body (elevating). From oil cup to top elevating gear shaft From oil cup to top of traversing gear shaft. On traversing handwheel shaft be. tween traversing pinion and bearing formed by gear box. Mounted on bearing formed by gear box. Keys traversing handwheel to traversing handwheel shaft. On end of traversing handwheel shaft. On traversing handwheel shaft between traversing pinion and nut. Keyed to traversing worm-gear shaft_ _ Pins traversing gear to traversing gear shaft. Lower end of traversing pinion Keyed to end of travesing handwheel shaft. Keys traversing pinion to traversing handwheel shaft. Pins traversing handwheel to traversing handwheel shaft. Through tras ersing pinion to traversing pinion shaft. Co nnects traversing pinion with traversing connecting shaft. On traversing worm shaft Pivoted at bottom of top carriage. End of traversing worm shaft Between traversing worm shaft bushing and top carriage. Between traversing worm shaft bearing and traversing worm shah. Between traversing worm shaft and top carriage. On end of traversing worm shaft 1 10 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 46 NOMENCLATURE OF PARTS—Continued. Num- Name of part. Location. Property classification. ber re- quired. Class. Section. Top carriage, complete, consisting of— 1 Top carriage Between bottom carriage and cradle... 2 . 17 Belleville springs Between trunnion cap and trunnion cap bolt. Elevating and traversing mechanism, complete, consisting of— Elevating and traversing gear box. Bolted on1eft side of top carriage Elevating and traversing gear box cover. Bolted to gear box 4 Oil cups.. For elevating and traversing gear box cover. 3 Gear box bolts. Bolts cover on elevating and traversing gear box. 3 16 lock washers With gear box bolt 3 Gear box bolt separators Through elevating and traversing gear box cover into elevating and traversing box. 3 24 lock washers With above separators 1 Gear box dowel Through elevating and traversing gear box and top carriage. 1 16 lock *washer With gear box dowel 1 16 nut do 3 Gear box separator nut With above separators 2 Oil tube coupling Connect oil tubing with gear box 2 Leather washers, 1.5 thick, 161D With oil tube coupling 210D. 1 Traversing pinion box Bolted to lower left corner of top carriage. 3 14 by 59 bolts Bolts traversing pinion box to top carriage. Oil cup With traversing pinion box 3 14 lock washers do 3 14 nuts do 2 Trunnion cap Top of top carriage 2 Oil cups On trunnion cap 2 Trunnion cap bolt Bolts trunnion cap bushing to trunnion cap. 2 Trunnion cap bushings Fits into trunnion cap 2 Trails complete, consisting of- 4 41.5 Belleville springs Between traveling lock clip and traveling lock clip screw. Iv 3 Bottom plate reinforce (right) Riveted to bottom plate 1 Bottom plate reinforce (left) do 1 Bottom plate (right) Forms bottom portion of trail 1 Bottom plate (left) do. Chain safety, complete, consisting cf— One end fastened to chain eye in trill coupling (female), the end with handle into ring of trail coupling pin. 1 Steel chain, 5 by 98 long With chain coupling pin 1 Steel handle do Steel ring ' do Chain eye Screws into trail coupling (female) ..... Chain coupling pin, complete, consisting of— Between chain eye in trail coupling (female) and trail coupling pin. 2 Steel rings One on each end of chain 1 Steel chain, 5 by 252 long Between steel rings Trail, complete, consisting of— 1 Cross beam bearing plate Riveted to top plate near spade end.. 1 Cross beam bearing plate do 1 First top reinforce (right) Riveted to top plate (carriage end)... 1 First top reinforce (left) do 2 First vertical transom plate Riveted to end angle and second vertical plate nut. 2 Second vertical transom plate Riveted to end angle and first vertical plate (between end angle and first vertical plate). 2 Front flask reinforcing plate Riveted to outside flask plates (carriage end). 2 Inside flask plates Forms inside side of trail 4 Lever collar On ends of traveling lock clip screw lever. 16 Lever collar On ends of spade bolt nut lever 8 Lifting rings, complete, each consisting of— Eye Riveted to top of spade plate Ring In opening of eye Limber hearing plate (right) Riveted to bottom plate of trail Limber bearing plate (left) do 47 NOMENCLATURE OF PARTS—Continued. Num- ber re- quired. Section. Name of part. Location. Class. Property classification. Lifting rings, complete, each consisting of—Continued. Limber stop (right, lower) Limber stop (left, lower) Limber stop (right, upper) Limber stop (left, upper) Limber stop filler plate (right). Limber stop filler plate (left) Name plate • 6 by 12 countersunk head screw. _ Outside flask plate Rack (retracting), left Rack (retracting), right 16 by 40 countersunk head screws Rack (centering) screws Rear flask reinforcing plates Rear flask reinforcing plate Second top reinforce (right) Second top reinforce (left) Second bottom reinforce (right) Second bottom reinforce (left) Spade bearing plate (right) Spade bearing plate (left) Spade connecting plates Spade bolts (rear) Trail coupling (male) Trail coupling (female) Trail coupling pin Steel ring Top plate (right) Top plate (left) Trail end (right) Trail end (left) Trail flask angles, inside, complete, consisting of— Top angle (right) Top angle (left) Bottom angle (right) Bottom angle (left) Trail flask angles, outside, complete: Top angle (left) Top angle (right) End angles Fnd angles Bottom angle (left) Bottom angle (right) Transom front, complete, each consisting of- 513 by 182 by 4.8 plate 2 by 2 by .25 angles Do Traveling lock clip (right) Traveling lock clip (left) 16 by 25 countersunk head screws Traveling lock clip screw lever... _ Do Riveted to limber filler plate and bottom plate. do Riveted to top plate do Riveted to bottom, near spade end do Screwed on top plate of left trail near spade end. Through name plate and top plate of left trail. Forms outside of trail Screwed to first reinforce and top plate 'above middle of left trail. Screwed to first reinforce and top plate above middle of right trail. Through rack (retracting), first rein- force plate, and top plate of trail. Through rack (retracting) and first reinforce of trail. Riveted to inside of inside flask plate, spade end. Riveted to inside of outside flask plate, spade end. Riveted to top plate and first top reinforce. do Riveted to bottom plate do Riveted to bottom plate of trail do Riveted to top plate Pivoted to spade bolt bracket rear Riveted to top plate of trail (right). Riveted to top plate of trail (left) Through trail coupling (left and right) With trail coupling pin Forms top of trail do Pivoted to top plate, first top reinforce according top reinforce (carriage end). do Riveted to inside flask plate and top plate. do Riveted to inside flask plate and bottom plate. do Riveted to outside flask plate and top plate. do Riveted to spade end of trail flask plate. do Riveted to outside flask plate and bottom plate. do In center of trail near carriage end Forms --eb of transom front Riveted to above plate and trail do Sere., ed to first top reinforce and top plate. do Through traveling lock clip and first top reinforce top plate. Through eye of traveling lock clip s crew Screws into traveling lock clip 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 10 4 2 2 1 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 4 2 2 2 Iv 48 NOMENCLATURE OF PARTS—Continued. Num- Name of part. Location. Property classification. ber re- quired. Class. Sector 2 Wheels, 1,160 by 125 mm. dual, complete, each consisting of— Hub liners Forced into center of wheel center 1 Tire separator rings Pressed between tires center 1 Wheel centers Cn axle (carriage) 2 Wheel tires (125/1000 mm. solid rubber). Pressed onto wheel center Wheel fastenings for 2 wheels (carriage), complete, each consisting of— 1 Hub cap Screwed into wheel center 1 Hub cap gasket Between hub cap and wheel center.... 1 Wheel fastening lock washers Between hub liner and wheelfastening nut. Iv 1 Wheel fastening nut End of axle 1 8 by 112 split pins With wheel-fastening nut Wheel shoes complete for 2 wheels, each consisting of- 11 20 by 258 bolts Pivots shoe plates to shoe segments... 11 20 crown nuts Witfrabove bolts 1 Wheel shoe pins Pivots shoe plates to shoe segments _ 2 5 by 48 split pins In ends of wheel shoe pin 12 -Wheel shoe plates Pivoted on wheel shoe segment 12 Wheel shoe segments Rests on tire separator ring 1 Wheel shoe segments ) special do PLATE XIV PLATE XV PISTON ROD YOKE ELEVATING RACK EPLENISHER -rc'Th) (61 IL 4, (0 C-2 CC LC) L0 a co -to to 8 u-) O 2 cv 8 8 -4 a 1_2_ 8 8 0 31 ce 2 O ca LLI CC O 75312°-IS 6 5 36, DIV..), DRAWING OS RECUPERATOR PISTON RC) .11 RECUPERATOR GAUGE SIGN ROD YOKE 2 0 ATING RAC K 155-MM. GUN CARRIAGE, MODEL OF 1918 (FILLOUX). [Plates XIII, XIV, and XV.] DESCRIPTION OF TIIE CARRIAGE. The 155 MM. gun carriage, model of 1918 (Filloux) , is of the split trail, hydro-pneumatic variable recoil type. A steel casting; called the bottom carriage is mounted upon an axle (having interchangeable connections therewith for traveling and firing positions). It is braced to the rear by two trail members, which are connected to it by a hinge joint permitting movement of the trails from the firing to the traveling positions, and upon its upper side is mounted another steel casting, which in turn supports the cradle and gun. The principal parts of the carriage are the wheels and wheel shoes, the axle, bottom carriage, top carriage, elevating mechanism, traversing mechanism, cradle (including recoil mechanism), road brake, trails, and spades. The gun is mounted in the cradle and is connected therewith by the recoil and recuperator piston rods, which are secured to a lug on the gun at the breech end. During recoil the gun is guided in its movement by longitudinal clips on the gun which slide through slots in the cradle. The piece is controlled during recoil by the functioning of the parts within the recoil and recuperator cylinders, which throughout the recoil movement store up sufficient energy within the recuperator cylinders to return the piece to the firing position. CRADLE (RECOIL AND RECUPERATOR MECHANISMS) [Plates XVI and XVII.] The cradle is of a machined steel forging pivoted by trunnions in the trunnion bearings of the top carriage. The parts of the recoil and recuperator mechanisms are housed within the gun clips are seated in guiding slots on its upper side and beneath is keyed and bolted the elevating rack which meshes with the elevating worm of the elevating mechanism. The larger of the three longitudinal bores contains the recoil controlling mechanism, the smaller two the parts of the recuperator. The recoil mechanism is composed of a rod carrying a piston and of a counter rod. The piston rod, connected to the lug of the breech ring, is movable and recoils with the 01111 The piston is bored (49) 50 ports which, through the agency of grooves of variable depth milled along the length of the counter rod, accommodate the flow of oil from one side of the piston to the other. The counter rod assembles within the bore of the piston rod ; it does not move longitudinally but turns or rotates. The amount of rotation is a function of the angle of elevation of the gun, and is automatically controlled. As the angle of elevation increases, the recoil is shortened by diminishing the area of the orifices through which the oil is forced during recoil. The rotation of the counter rod is accomplished through the medium of a regulating arm (Pl. XVI and XVII) fixed at one end to the top carriage and having a longitudinal motion during operation of the elevating mechanism. This motion is transmitted to the counter rod through a cam and two gear sectors. The replenisher or automatic filler is a device which communicates with the recoil cylinder and assures its being completely full of oil at all times. It also serves as a reservoir to permit the escape from the recoil cylinder of the excess of oil which forms whenever the oil pressure is increased by the heat developed during firing. Its capacity is about 1.7 quarts. A piston prolonged to the rear by a spindle rod extension forms a gauge which makes it possible to ascertain at any time the quantity of oil contained in the replenisher. A scale graduated in millimeters is used for measuring the distance in from the rear face of the replenisher of the end of the piston spindle. The normal working position (indicative of the correct oil pressure in the recoil cylinder) is, 150 mm. in from the rear face of the replenisher. The recuperator mechanism consists of two cylinders one containing a piston and piston rod attached to the recoil lug of the breech ring, while the other contains a mushroom valve and a diaphragm. The diaphragm separates the oil contained in the first cylinder and in part of the second from the high pressure air which compels the 'return of the gun to battery after recoil. Normally, there must always be a small reserve of oil between the diaphragm and the mushroom valve. Under that condition the recuperator gauge projects 5 mm. from the rear face of the cradle. If there is no reserve the gauge does not project and it is necessary to refill the recuperator reservoir. TOP CARRIAGE. [Plates XVIII and XIX.] The top carriage is a large steel casting mounted and traversing on and secured to the bottom carriage. On it are mounted the handwheels together with the driving gears and shafting of the elevating and traversing mechanisms. The tipping parts of the DRAWING 89 CLASS 36, DIVISION 3, 2 cC (13 BOTTOM CARRIAGE C CLU 04. oZ 2 ET: nF 6 a:ftft CO zF zz AXLE PIVOT H 51 carriage and the gun are supported and pivoted, through the cradle trunnions, in two bearings at the top of the top carriage. The bottom face of the top carriage is a large elliptical bearing surface which, when the gun is fired, bears full upon a corresponding surface of the bottom carriage and thus transmits the firing stresses and the shock of recoil through the bottom carriage to the wheels and trails. In order to facilitate traversing the top carriage, the weight of the gun, tipping parts, and top carriage is borne on a small steel bearing and not on the bearing surfaces of the top and bottom carriages. The small bearing or socket bearing supports the weight through eight Belleville springs assembled in a box (shown on Pl. XX) suspended beneath- the bottom carriage. When the gun is fired the springs deflect, permitting the bearing surfaces of the bottom and top carriages to receive the full impact of the firing stresses. By adjusting the position of the spring box mit (P1. XX) the space between the bearing surfaces of the top and bottom carriages may be increased as desired. The actual dimension of such space will vary for different carriages; it should only be sufficient to traverse the top carriage by means of the traversing mechanism with a minimum of effort. A strip of No. 30 sheet steel (0.0125 inch) might be used as a maximum gauge. BOTTOM CARRIAGE. [Plate XX.] The bottom carriage is a large steel casting suspended from the axle (in the traveling position) by a multiple-leaf spring. It supports the top carriage, houses and retains the axle in its correct position, and provides hinge connections for the trail members. The front portion of the bottom carriage forms a housing through which the axle passes and in which the axle moves vertically according to the deflection and return of the axle spring under road shocks. The front and rear walls of the housing are guiding and bearing surfaces for the axle to control its movement and resist horizontal thrust. Two lugs on the front lower corners are for lifting the weight from the axle spring by means of jacks whenever it is necessary to unshackle the spring. When lowered (after unshackling) the bottom carriage rests on a circular segment at the top and center of the axle, which is concentric with a bole in the center of the axle body. Two centering pins (Pis. XV and XX) in the top of the axle housing rest on the periphery of the segment and align the hole in the axle with one in the front and rear walls of the axle housing. Through the medium of this device the axle pivot can be inserted into the hole (shown on Pl. XV with cover open) without conflict. 52 The axle pivot when assembled in the bottom carriage forms the equalizing device which compensates for difference of level between the top surfaces of the spades and the plane at the tire base. It also provides rigid support between the bottom carriage and axle when the carriage is in the firing position. The top rear part of the bottom carriage is a seat or bearing support for the top carriage. From a socket bearing (see description of top carriage) located at the center of the bearing surface the top carriage is rotated to positions in azimuth by a worm which meshes with an arc-shaped rack (Pl. XX) bolted to the rear side of the axle housing. The worm is actuated through the traversing hand-wheel and gear train. A projection on the bottom carriage above the rack serves as a clip in retaining the top carriage in position. In two bosses on each side are seats for four pins. The trail pivots (Pl. XX) are hinge pins which secure the trail members to the bottom carriage and permit them to be spread from the coupled to the firing position. When in the latter position notches in the trail ends (Pl. XXIV) are under a rim and nut on each' of the trail pins seated in the forward bosses. The trail-pin nuts by being screwed down lock the trails in place. A foot projection or maneuvering lug (Pls. XX and XXII) at the rear of the bottom carriage is slotted and finished to take a jack beam assembled laterally beneath it. 'This beam (fastened to the bottom carriage), together with two hydraulic jacks, is used to raise and lower the coupled trails when limbering and unlimbering the carriage. TRAVERSING MECHANISM. L.Plates XVIII and XIX.] The traversing mechanism consists of a shaft and gear train assembled in bearings in the top carriage and actuating a worm (also supported in the top carriage) enmeshed with a rack bolted to the bottom carriage. A handwheel on the left side of the top carriage operates the gearing. Two circular bronze castings, the elevating and traversing gear box and gear-box cover, assemble one within the other on the left top side of the top carriage. On the outer end of a shaft seated in a bearing in the cover is keyed and pinned the traversing handwheel, to the other end within the gear box a helical driving pinion is secured. This pinion in turn drives a gear (Pl. XIX) mounted on a short shaft in the gear box. A connecting shaft, inclined as shown on Plate XIX, joins the short gear shaft to a pinion shaft which is seated in a pinion box in the lower front part of the top carriage. The connecting shaft is fitted to both the gear shaft and pinion shaft by a semiuniversal ball and socket joint, which permits quick dis- GI_ A55 36 DIVISION 3 DRAWING 92, 53 assembly of the connecting shaft and provides flexibility within the mechanism. A pinion on the traversing pinion shaft drives the traversing worm shaft. The traversing worm assembled on its shaft (Pl. XVIII) meshes in a rack (shown on Pl. XX), on the rear side of the axle housing. ELEVATING MECHANISM. [Plates XXIII, XIX, and XXI.] The parts of the elevating mechanism are similar and their method of operation is identically like that of the traversing assemblage. The elevating handwheel is mounted on a shaft in the gear-box cover and through a helical driving pinion drives a gear (Pl. XVIII) on an inclined shafting. The lower end of the shafting is supported in a gear box secured in the front lower part of the top carriage. Two meshed pinions in the gear box continue the drive to the elevating worm shaft and worm (Pl. XXI) which is enIneshed with a rack attached to the bottom of the cradle. AXLE. [Plate XXII.] The axle consists of a solid piece of forged steel, the central portion of which is of I section (with exception that at the center the top portion takes a cylindrical form). When in traveling position, the bottom carriage is suspended on the axle by means of the axle spring, but upon coming into firing position, the spring is -unshackled and the bottom carriage given direct support by the central portion of the axle bearing against two axle centering pins mounted at the top (front) of the bottom carriage. While in this position, 'holes within the bottom carriage align with one in the axle, making it possible to assemble the axle pivot pin and thus connect the bottom carriage directly to the axle. THE SPRING. [Plates XV and XXII.] To relieve road shocks upon the carriage during transport, the bottom carriage and the parts assembled thereon are supported from the axle through a single multiple leaf spring. Fastened to the front of the bottom carriage, at its center, with four studs, the spring extends laterally beneath the axle and is shackled to it. Each end is bushed and fitted with a pin for quickly and easily unshackling the spring when changing from one position to the other. 75:j12°-1s 54 The deflection of the spring when under load may be regulated within limits by altering the distance between the axle and ends of the spring through two adjusting rods, which are pivoted to the brake brackets on the axle and screw into the shackle separators. Decreasing the distance between the spring shackle separators and the brake brackets lessens the deflection of the spring. • • WHEELS [Plate XXII.] The wheels are an assemblage of a cast-steel body called the wheel center with two solid rubber tires between which is a tire separator ring of forged steel. The hub of the wheel center is fitted with a hub liner of bronze. The complete wheel when fitted and secured in place on the axle arm has assembled on the arm between the hub and a shoulder on the axle a. fiber, gasket and a steel washer, which prevent the entrance of dirt and the loss of the lubricant within the hub. Dirt and other foreign matter are kept from the fastenings and the outer end of the hub by a hub cap which screws to the wheel center over the end of the arm and the fastenings. HEEL SHOES. [Plate XXI.] The wheel shoes issued as part of the regular wheel equipment are for use in moving the carriage over ground other than good roads and for providing larger wheel base support when the carriage is in the firing position. As. shown on Plates XIII and XXI the wheel shoes are assembled over the rubber tires and consist of 12 wheel shoe plates bolted to a linkage of wheel shoe segments. When the segments are new, one segment (special) which. is 50 millimeters longer than a regular segment, is used with 11 regular segments for each wheel. After the bolts and bolt holes have become worn the special segment is replaced with a regular one. The wheel shoes should never be used when traveling over good hard roads. To facilitate loading on the tool truck the wheel shoes should be divided into half sections. ROAD BRA KL. [ Plate XX Ill.] The road brake is of the contracting-hand type, and consists of a steel brake band lined with a commercial brake fining, which, through a crank, lever, and rope connection with an operating lever 55 on the limber seat (P1. XXVII), contracts on a brake drum attached to the wheel. The brakes on each wheel are independent units, but are operated together by the rope connection with the operating lever. A brake bracket bolted at each end of the body of the axle carries in a bearing a brake crank which is adjustably connected at one end to a brake lever and at the other end is toggled to the brake band. Rotation of the crank through a small arc contracts the band, which is supported in place by the toggle connection with the crank at one end and a fixed connection with the axle bracket at the other. Spiral springs attached to the brake levers release the bands when the pull on the longitudinal and transverse ropes connecting the brake levers with the brake lever on the limber seat is released. All adjustment of the brake band necessary because of the wear of the lining or other parts should be made through the adjusting bolt. The adjustable connection between the brake levers and the cranks is for correction of the leverage position of the brake levers. Adjustment of parts due to wear in the brake mechanism should not be made by taking up the slack in the longitudinal or transverse brake ropes. Stretching of the ropes or slipping of the clamps may be taken care of by readjusting and tightening the clamps.. TRAILS. The two trail members are steel plate beams of box section, pivoted by steel pins in bosses on the sides of the bottom carriage. They are fitted so as to have a horizontal movement from the coupled position of about 30° each. The side of flask plates are fastened to top and bottom plates through steel angles riveted to each. The forward ends are stiffened with transoms on the interior and with a single reinforcing plate on each of the outer flask plates. The top and bottom plates are both strengthened with two reinforcing plates. Two end pieces or trail ends are riveted on the top and bottom at the front end and are fitted to assemble on the trail pivots (Pl. XX) in the bottom carriage. When opened to the firing position they receive trail pins in notches at their extreme forward ends. A plate at the rear end of the trail on the bottom side forms a bearing surface when the trail is connected with the spade. Two spade-connecting plates for securing the spade to the trail are riveted on the top side above the bearing plate. On the inner side of each trail at the rear end are coupling fixtures for fastening the trails together. Other pieces riveted to the top and bottom near the rear end are for correctly aligning, supporting, and retaining the trails on the limber. Racks 56 screwed to the tops of the trails are assembled parallel when the trails are coupled and are for retracting the gun to its traveling position. Clips fitted with lever-operated screws for locking the gun in place (by means of the traveling lock) when it has been retracted are fastened at the rear ends of the racks. SPADES. [Plates XIII, XXI, and XXIV.] There are two pairs of spades provided, one for use in soft ground and the other in hard ground. Both types are of plate construction and designed to bolt to the spade connecting plates on the trails. In the traveling position the spades for soft ground are lashed to the top of the trails, one in front and one in back of the brakeman's seat (Pl. XIV). The spades for hard soil are carried in the artillery supply truck. ACCESSORIES. Pump.—Two special plunger pumps, mounted as separate units and carried each in a chest which is clamped to the top of a trail flask when traveling, are issued to the battery for filling the recoil and recuperator cylinders with oil. Each is composed of a pump body, piston, operating lever, valves, packing, reservoir, coil of tubing, unions, and inlet and outlet connections. The reservoir has a capacity of about six quarts. A screw type grease gun is carried in each pump 'chest as an auxiliary filler for use in case of injury to the pump. In addition a pump handle, a drain tube, a can of primer oil, and a funnel and strainer are packed in each chest. One pump equipment complete with its accessories and chest (but without oil in the reservoir) weighs • 70 pounds. Loading tray.—The loading tray is composed of a cylindrical body of flange steel open on the upper side and provided with two handles. A tray end piece against which the base of the shell bears is riveted to the body at the rear and a bronze front ring for centering the tray in the breech recess is fastened at the front. Two lateral bronze guides attached to the sides near. the front end slide on the sectors of the breech ring threads as the tray is pushed into the breech. Two reinforce pieces immediately above the guides prevent injury to the breech ring threads. A stop of bronze on the bottom engages a socket in the breech ring to retain the tray in position. Traveling lock.—The traveling lock, used for retracting the gun to its traveling position and locking it in place, is an assemblage of, a U-shaped beam of I-cross section, with two pinions, bushings, a locking screw, and a locking screw nut. PLATE XXIV 155-MM. GUN CARRIAGE. 57 The locking screw is seated in a hole near the mid-point of the beam and is retained in place by a set screw. A lever to operate the locking screw is fastened in a hole at the lower end. Two Belleville springs are fitted on the screw beneath the bottom face of the beam and the special T-shaped nut is screwed upon a thread at the top. The pinions are secured in the bushings at each end of the beam by collars. Their upper ends are squared to receive the operating ratchet wrenches. To retract the gun the locking screw nut is inserted in the slot on the underside of the breech ring and the locking screw turned tight. The pinions are meshed with .the teeth of the retracting racks on the trails and the piston rod nuts unscrewed. The traveling lock complete weighs 46 pounds. Jack beams and jacks.—The jack beam for raising, lowering, and moving the trails is a steel beam of I-section, fitted with end pieces at each end and a fulcrum member on its topside at the mid-point. A fin on the fulcrum fits within a slot in the maneuvering lug at the rear of the bottom carriage and can be pinned in place to retain the beam in position. The complete beam is 2,660 mm. long and weighs 364 pounds. The jacks are of the hydraulic type with a maximum lifting capacity of 10 tons. Sighting platform.—A piece of flange steel shaped to fit within the space behind the left wheel of the carriage and resting on and fastened to the front end of the left trail is called the sighting platform. Its purpose is to provide an elevated foothold to the sight operator. The platform can only be attached when the trail is in the firing position and it must be dismounted before attempting to close the trail. Each platform together with its locking bolts for attachment to the trail weighs about 19 pounds. CARE OF THE RECOIL AND RECUPERATOR MECHANISMS. Under no conditions will any dismounting or assembly or repair work of any description be permitted to be made on any part of the recoil mechanism except by the ordnance mechanics especially designated. The only operations permitted to be performed in the field are the draining and filling with oil of the recoil and recuperator cylinders. These operations when necessary, as determined by the following paragraphs, must be performed in the exact order and manner described. The positions of the replenisher piston and of the recuperator gauge are to govern all filling and emptying of the two systems. The 58 normal position of the replenisher piston, indicating a full cylinder (at the correct pressure) and a sufficient reserve in the replenisher, is 150 mm. in from the rear face of the replenisher. When the piston is at a point 100 mm. or less from the rear face of the replenisher, oil should be removed from the recoil cylinder before further. firing. When the piston has moved in to a point 200 mm. or more from 'the rear face of the replenisher, oil should be added before further firing. With the proper amount of oil in the recuperator the gauge plunger projects 5 mm. from the rear face of the cradle. When the counter-recoil of the piece or the position of the gauge indicates that there is too small a quantity of oil in the recuperator, drain before refilling. PREPARING PUMP FOR FILLING. Fill the pump reservoir with perfectly clean filtered oil; use every precaution to keep out impurities. Prime the pump until oil comes Out of the end of the copper tubing, then make sure that the union used to connect the tubing with the cylinder is perfectly clean. This is very important because unless it is done, air bubbles will be carried into the cylinders. Any air which is permitted to enter the recoil cylinder must be removed. PRECAUTIONS IN MEASURING LOCATION OF REPLENISHER PISTON. Never assume that there is sufficient oil in the recoil cylinder by the position of the replenisher piston until any air which may have accumulated within has been removed, and also be certain that the piston is not sticking. METHOD OF FREEING RECOIL CYLINDER OF AIR. To free the recoil cylinder of any air that may have accumulated unscrew the plug in the drain hole located at the left-front end of the recoil cylinder, and screw in its place the drain tube. With the grease gun or the pump force oil into the cylinder (through the filling hole) until oil runs from the drain tube. Remove the drain tube and replace the plugs. TEST FOR FUNCTIONING OF PLUNGER. Unscrew the plug of the recoil-cylinder filling hole, and screw in its place the drain tube until a small amount of oil runs off. At the same time hold a scale against the end of the replenisher piston and Observe whether the piston recedes. If movement occurs, the location of the end of the piston may be taken as a correct indication of the amount of oil in the recoil cylinder. 59 METHOD OF FILLING RECOIL CYLINDER. When the piston in the replenisher indicates that the recoil cylinder should be replenished with oil, the following operations must be performed in the order and manner described: 1. Clean the pump union and prime the pump. 2. Unscrew plug of recoil cylinder-drain hole, located at left-front end of recoil cylinder. 3. Screw drain tube in the recoil-cylinder drain hole. 4. Unscrew the plug of the recoil-cylinder filling hole, located at left-front side of replenisher. 5. Screw union at end of copper tubing of oil pump into recoil-cylinder filling hole without the use of a wrench (extreme care must be taken to prevent any injury to the threads of the recoil-cylinder filling hole, as any such damage may put the entire cradle out of commission). 6. -Work oil pump until the end of the piston in the cylindrical opening in replenisher comes back to 150 mm. from the rear face of the replenisher. 7. Remove, drain tube and copper tubing union from recoil-cylinder drain and filling holes, respectively, and replace the plugs. WHEN TO BLEED RECOIL CYLINDER. Whenever the end of the piston in the replenisher comes to a point 100 mm. or less from the rear face of the replenisher, it is an indication that the amount of oil in the recoil cylinder must be decreased at once to prevent excessive pressure in the recoil cylinder. METHOD OF BLEEDING RECOIL CYLINDER. 1. -Unscrew plug of recoil cylinder drain hole. 2. Place drain pan underneath opening. 3. Screw drain tube into recoil cylinder drain hole and drain until the end of the piston in the cylindrical opening of replenisher is at least 100 mm. from the rear face of the replenisher. 4. Remove drain tube and replace cap in recoil cylinder drain hole. WHEN TO REFILL RECUPERATOR. On the rear face of the larger of the two cylindrical openings in the cradle which contains the recuperator mechanism is located the recuperator drain hole, and directly below is a cylindrical opening containing a small plunger, which indicates the amount of oil in the recuperator cylinder. When the plunger projects less than 5 mm. from the rear face of the recuperator the recuperator must be refilled. 60 TO REFILL RECUPERATOR. Following are the operations in refilling the recuperator ; they must be performed in the exact order and manner described : 1. Remove plug of recuperator filling hole located on right side of recuperator. 2. Screw the drain tube into recuperator filling hole. 3. After oil has stopped flowing off remove drain tube. 4. Prepare pump, making sure union ips clean and pump is primed. 5. Screw union at end of copper pump tubing into recuperator filling hole. 6. Give exactly 100 full strokes to oil pump. Thirty full strokes of pump will cause the plunger to project 5 mm. from the rear face of the recuperator cylinder, but 100 full strokes are required for a normal supply of oil in the recuperator. USE OF GREASE GUN IN. FILLING. If no pump is available the grease gun may be used for filling the recoil cylinder of recoil mechanism. To use grease gun, remove plugs, etc., as previously described and perform the following operations : (a) Unscrew piston of gun as far as threads will permit. (b) Unscrew head of pump from body. (c) Fill three-fourths full at top of gun. (d) Screw head on body of gun again. (e) Screw end of gun into filling hole, taking great care not to damage the threads of the filling hole. (f) Screw piston forward as far as possible. (g) Unscrew grease gun and replace plug. It will require five loads of the grease gun, three-fourths full, to fill the recuperator the required amount. TO REMEDY OVERRECOIL. Overrecoil is usually caused by there being too little oil in the recoil cylinder. Measure the distance of the piston in the cylindrical opening in the replenisher from the rear face of the replen-isher. If this distance is more than 200 mm., replenish with oil as previously described. If recoil still remains too long it should be reported at once ,to the ordnance mechanics designated to attend to the repair of the recoil mechanism. TO REMEDY SHORT RECOIL. A slight shortness in length of recoil (5 to 10 mm.), if it occurs for only one or two rounds, should cause no trouble. If it remains 61 too short or becomes shorter, report the lengths of recoil to the ordnance mechanics designated to attend to the repair of the recoil mechanism. INCOMPLETE RETURN INTO BATTERY. As long as the gun returns to within 100 mm. of battery position firing should not be stopped. This trouble may be due to either (a) the recoil cylinder being too full, in which case bleed until the plunger is at least 100 mm. from rear face of replenisher (b) insufficient oil in recuperator, in which case drain recuperator and refill as previously described. TOO VIOLENT RETURN INTO BATTERY. Too violent return into battery is caused by an excess of oil in recuperator cylinder. In order to prevent there being an excess of oil in recuperator, it is imperative to drain recuperator before refilling and to refill with exactly 100 full strokes of pump. When this occurs, drain and refill the recuperator as previously described. 155 MM. GUN CARRIAGE LIMBER, MODEL OF 1918 (FILLOUX). WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS. Weight complete pounds__ 3, 190 Weight with carriage and gun do____ 23, 050 Weight of carriage on limber (traveling position) do____ 6, 490 Width of track (center to center of tires) *millimeters__. 2, 250 Free height under limber and carriage (traveling position do____ 250 Diameter of wheels do____ 1, 160 Height of seat cushion from ground (seat assembled on top of trails, traveling position) (approximate) millimeters__ • 1, 550 Distance from center line of carriage axle to center line of limber axle (trails on. limber) (approximate) millimeters__ 4, 500 (62) PLATE XXV 155-MM. GUN CARRIAGE LIMBER, WITH TRAILS ATTACHED. 63 NOMENCLATURE OF PARTS. Num- ber re- quired. 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 6 1 1 1 4 4 4 1 1 1 4 4 1 2 4 4 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 12 12 12 12 .6 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 Name of part. Axle complete Axle arm (right) Axle arm (left) Axle arm pins Axle arm pin bushings (upper) Axle arm pin bushings (lower) Nuts, crown 22 nuts (without crown) Oil cups 6 by 106 split pins Thrust collars (female) Forged steel dowels Thrust collars (male) Forged steel dowels . Seat frame consisting of— Body Bottom angle Bottom plate 10 by 30 bolts 10 lock washers 10 nuts Cover plate with hand grips Seat arm (right) Seat arm (left) 10 by 25 round head wood screws 10 rivets Seat back cushion Seat back supports 10 by 25 round head wood screws. _ 10 rivets Seat cushion complete Top angle Bolt bracket Oil cup 14 by 52 tap bolts Brake lever, complete, consisting of Brake lever Brake lever handle Brake lever rod spring Brake lever rod handie 8 by 45 bolts 8 crown nuts Brake lever rod Rod guide bolts 6 nuts Brake lever rod head 12 by 62 bolt 12 crown bolt Brake rope arm (right) Brake rope arm (left) 12 crown nuts. 12 by 70 bolts Brake rope clamps 6 by 30 bolts 6 nuts 6 lock washers Brake rope eyes Longitudinal brake rope, 0.375 di- ameter by 185 inches long. Transverse brake rope, 0.375 di- ameter by 185 inches long. Brake segment 14 by 45 bolts 14 crown nuts. Brake segment bracket 11 by 52 tap bolts Oil cup 75312°-18 8 Location. Axle Connecting axle with wheel hubs do Connects axle with axle arm Forced on upper part of axle arm pin _ Forced on lower part of axle arm -pin_ On bottom of axle arm pin do On top of axle arm pin To secure crown nuts to axle arm pin Fits against axle Fits between axle and jemale thrust collar. Fits into female thrust collar top of axle arm. Secures male thrust collar to axle Property classification. Class. Section. Bolted to limber crossbeam Riveted to body Bolted to limber crossbeam Bolt bottom plate to limber crossbeam, With above bolts do Fits inside of top angle Riveted to top frame angle and screwed to back of seat. do Screws seat arms to back of seat Rivets seat arms to body Screwed to seat back support and seat arms. Riveted to back of seat frame and screws to back of seat. Screws seat back supports to back of seat. Rivets supports to body Rests on seat frame cover plate Riveted to body IV Bolted on carriage limber crossbeam.. I On brake bracket With brake bracket Pivoted to brake segment bracket With brake lever do do do do do do do With rod guide bolts With brake lever do do Clamped onto brake shaft right side Clamped onto brake shaft, left side With brake rope arms do Ends of brake ropes do do do do Connects brake lever with traverse brake rope. Connects ends of the two longitudinal brake ropes and passes through brake shaft. Bolted on brake segment bracket Bolts brake segment into brake seg-mentl,racket. For above bolts Bolted on carriage limber crossbeam Bolts brake segment bracket onto carriage limber crossbeam. On brake segment bracket 64 NOMENCLATURE OF PARTS—Continued. Num- Name of part. Location. Property classification. ber re- quired. Class. Sec- tion. Brake lever, complete, consisting of—Continued. 1 Brake shaft Supported by brake bracket and brake segment bracket. 3 6.4 Woodruff keys On brake shaft 4 Brake shaft bushing 2 between brake bracket and brake shaft; 2 between brake segment bracket and brake shaft. 2 Brake shaft end Forced into ends of brake shaft. 1 Frame assembed, complete: 1 Center plate Bolted to side rails and forms front end of frame. 1 Center pin Secures steering lever to center plate 1 Corner bracket (right) Riveted to rear end of frame 1 Corner bracket (left) do 8 16 by 40 bolts Hold cross rail to corner bracket 8 16 lock washers For above bolts 16 nuts do 8 Cross rail. Bolted to side rails at rear of frame 4 Cross rail screws To attach cross rails to corner bracket. 4 16 lock washers For cross rail screw 4 16 nuts do 1 Side rail (right) Form part of frame 1 Side rail (left) do 8 24 by 51 bolts Connects center plate to side rails 8 24 lock washers For above bolts 8 24 nuts do 1 Spring hanger (right) Riveted to front end of frame 1 Spring hanger (left) do 2 Draft rods Secure limber crossbeam to side rails of frame. 2 Draft rod bolt washers Fits on end of draft rod bolts 2 Draft rod bolts (specials) Secures draft rod to side rails of frame _ 2 32 crown nuts With draft rod bolt 2 7 split pins For draft rod bolts 2 Draft rod nut Screwed on end of draft rod 2 Draft rod nut lever. Slides through eye in draft rod nut 4 Draft rod nut lever knob Screwed on end of draft rod nut lever. 1 Limber crossbeam Supported on trail ends 1 Name plate Screwed on top of steering lever IV 2 6 by 12 bronze countersunk head screws. Secures name plate to steering lever 1 16 nut-11 high For chain eyebolt Pole Attached to steering lever with pin.... 2 Pole locking pins For locking pole in rigid position Pole pin For fastening pole to steering links.... 1 45 crown nut Fasten on end of pole pin 1 50 nut without crown Fasten on end of center pin 1 6 by 106 split pin To secure crown nut on pole pin Do To secure crown nut on pole center pin Chain, complete, consisting of— 1 Chain eye bolt For securing chain to steering lever... _ 2 Chains, 5 steel wire by 318 long_ Attached to pole-locking pin 3 Rings, 5 steel wire Attached to chain 2 Rope guide (rear) Fastened to front flask reinforcing plates of trails 2 Rope-guide cap (rear) Top of rope guide (rear) 2 Rope-guide eye (front) Screwed to outside flask plate 8 8 by 14 countersunk head screws .. Screwed into rope-guide eye 8 Rear rope-guide studs Fasten rear guide and rear guide cap to front flask reinforcing plates of trails 16 10 nuts With rear guide rope studs 16 10 lock washers do 2 Rope snaps complete each consisting of— Connects longitudinal brake rope with traverse brake rope 1 Rope-snap 1)011 do Rope-snap case to Rope-snap case nut do 1 Rope-snap eyes do Rope-snap 1)111 do R ope-snap socket do 1 'Rope snap spring do 2 Axle springs,com plete,consisting of - Springs A ttached to axle and body frame. 2 Spring clamps Secure springs to axle 21 crown nuts For spring chimps Spring plates (upper) On top of spring underneath shackles_ _ 2 Spring plates (lower) 1ttached to the axle 65 NOMENCLATURE OF PARTS—Continued. Num- Name of part. Location. Property classification. ber re- quired. Class. Section. Sprinc, keepers and washers, com-plete— 2 Shackles Support springs to rear of frame 6 Shackle bolts, with nuts To secure shackle to springs and frame. 6 24 crown nuts For shackel bolts 6 6 split pins For crown nuts 6 Spring bushings Fit over shackle bolts 2 Spring keepers Passes through center of spring 2 Spring keeper washers Fits on spring keeper against bottom of spring 2 24 crown nuts For spring keeper 2 6 split pins • For above nuts Steering lever complete, consisting of— 1 Steering arm (right) Attached to the axle arm steering rod Steering arm (left) fork do. 2 32 washers To secure steering arms to axle 2 32 crown nuts do 1 Steering lever Connecting steering rods with pole.... 2 Steering-lever pin Holds steering lever to steering rods_ _ Steering-lever pin bushings To fit on steering-lever pin 2 Washers do 2 24 crown nuts On steering-lever pin 2 6 split pins For holding crown nuts on steering- lever pin 1 Steering link (upper) Form connection between steering knuckles and steering levers 1 Steering link (lower) do 2 Oil cups One on upper and one on lower steer- ing link 2 Steering rods Connects steering arms with steering lever 4 Steering-rod forks Riveted to ends of steering rods Iv 6 Knuckles and link bolts For steering-rod fork 6 24 crown nuts For steering knuckle and link bolts.... 6 6 split pins For above crown nuts 6 Knuckles and link bushings To fit on knuckle and link bolts 2 Steering knuckles Connects steering arms to steering-rod forks. 2 Oil cups On steering knuckles 2 Wheels 1160 by 125 mm. dual, complete, each consisting of— 1 Hub liner Forced into center of wheel center 1 Tire separator ring Pressed between tires center Wheel center On axle (limber) 2 Wheel tires (125/1000 mm. solid Pressed onto wheel center _rubber). Wheel fastenings for 2 wheels (limber) complete, each consisting of— 1 Axle arm gasket Between axle arm washer and wheel center. hub cap Screwed into wheel center ... 1 Hub cap gasket Between hub cap and wheel center_ Wheel-fastening lock washer Between hub liner and wheel-fastening nut. 1 Wheel-fastening nut End of axle 1 S by 112 split pins With wheel-fastening nut Wheel shoes, complete, for 2 wheels, each consisting of— 11 Bolts, 20 by 258 Pivot shoe plates to shoe segments_ ... 11 21) mm. crown nuts With above bolts 2 5 by 48 split pins In ends of wheel shoe pin 1 Wheel shoe pins Pivots shoe plates to shoe segments... 12 Wheel shoe plates Pivoted on wheel shoe segment 12 Wheel shoe segrrrents Rests on the tire separator ring 1 Wheel shoe segments, special do 66 155-MM. GUN CARRIAGE LIMBER, MODEL OF 1918 (FILLOUX). [Plates XIV, XXV, XXVI, and XXVII.] The carriage limber is a two-wheeled vehicle designed to support and secure the rear ends of the trails and to provide a coupling attachment to the tractor when transporting the carriage. The principal parts are the wheels, axle, steering mechanism, frame, springs, and seat. The wheels and wheel fastenings are identical and interchangeable with those on the carriage. The spokes are finished to seat and bolt in place the carriage brake drums. The axle is a steel forging of I beam section and is similar in design to the ordinary type of automobile front axle. The ends are forked and bored to seat the axle arm pins. The axle arms when secured on the pins move horizontally upon them and are controlled, to turn in unison through the steering mechanism. Two pads on the top side form spring seats and provide holes for bolting in place the spring clamps. The wheels assembled on the arms stand vertical. Steering movement of the wheels is accomplished through a steering lever (Pl. XXVII) pivoted at the center of the frame. It has attached at its forward end a steel pole for connecting to the pintle hook on the tractor. The rear end of the lever is connected through universal joints to two steering rods which extend laterally and horizontally beneath the frame and behind the axle. The outer ends of the rods are secured through universal connections with steering arms fastened in the axle arms. The frame is an assemblage of two channel-shaped side rails, with spring hangers and corner bracket pieces (Pl. XXXII) riveted to their forward and rear ends, joined together at their middle and rear by a center plate and cross rail. It is attached to the axle by two semielliptic multiple-leaf springs which extend beneath the side rails. The springs are clamped at their middle to the pads on the axle. They are bushed at each end and attached to the frame through shackle bolts in the spring hangers at the front and shackles assembled to the corner brackets at the rear. The brakeman's seat is a single upholstered cushion and back assembled on a. seat frame bolted to the limber cross beam. In the traveling position the beam is tied laterally across the tops of the trails to the limber frame by two draft rods (Pl. XXVII). The l)eanl when so located also clamps and retains the trails in place on the limber frame. The brake-operating device for controlling CLASS 36 DIVISION 3 DRAWING 96 1400 • MILLIMETERS ti 67 the action of the brake mechanism on the carriage is assembled on the limber cross beam. It is operated from the seat by a hand-brake lever clamped on the right end of a hollow shaft. Movement of the brake lever rotates the shaft and arms attached at either end. A wire transverse rope which passes through the bore of the shaft and fits in grooves on the arms is thus pulled or released,- according to the movement of the brake lever. Two other wire ropes (longitudinal) fastened to the brake levers on the carriage are attached to the transverse brake rope by means of a ball and socket snap connection. Two pole-locking pins (Pl. XXVII) chained to the steering lever are for retaining the lever and pole rigid when the vehicle is unfastened from the trails. INSTRUCTIONS FOR CHANGING FROM TRAVELING TO BATTERY POSITION. When bringing the carriage and gun into firing position the following operations should be performed and completed in he order given : 1. Apply the wheel shoes. 2. Prepare platform and sink spades. 3. Move carriage on platform. 4. Return gun to battery position. 5. Remove limber. 6. Spread trails. 7. Attach trails to spades. 8. Unshackle spring. 9. Seat the axle pivot. (68) ATE XXVIII P 155 MM. CUN CARRIACE MODEL OF 1918 (FILLOUX) PLATFORM FOR SEMI-PERMANENT POSITION DRAIN PIPES CLASS 36 biv..3 DRAWING 91 1. TO APPLY THE WHEEL SHOES. (Perform this operation before leaving hard road.) Bolt together the two half sections of each wheel shoe. • Lay in position over tops of wheel tires. Move the carriage and limber forward so that two wheel-shoe plates pass beneath tires. Draw the ends of wheel shoe together and pin in place. 2. To PREPARE PLATFORM AND SINK SPADES. [P1. XXVIII.] Material necessary : Four 100 by 100 by 1,700 mm. joist pieces. Seventeen 100 by 100 by 3,200 mm. platform timbers. Eight 100 by 100 by 1,000 mm. stakes. Excavate and level a shallow rectangular trench 1,700 by 3,200 mm. (see Pl. XXVIII). Sink the four joist pieces flush with the bottom of the trench; the two outer ones 2,800 mm. apart ; the inner ones, 1,200 mm. from the ends of the trench and 000 mm. apart (see P1. XXVII). Lay the platform timbers in place. Drive the stakes; one at each end of the joists. After performing operations 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 excavate a frustrum-shaped pit between the trails 800 mm. deep (see P1. XXVII). The bottom of the pit should slope to the front, and if it is feasible to drain, tile or drain pipes should be laid. 3. To MOVE CARRIAGE ON PLATFORM. Drive tractor and limber across the platform and bring carriage wheels to position. Disconnect the tractor and seat the pole-locking pins in their unlimbered positions. Block the carriage wheels. 4. To RETURN THE GUN TO BATTERY POSITION. Unscrew the traveling lock-clip screws. Assemble ratchet wrenches to the pinions and operate until the gun has been returned to position. Assemble the recoil and recuperator piston-rod nuts. Remove the traveling lock. (69) 70 . 5. TO REMOVE THE LIMBER. Fasten the jack beam in place to the foot at the rear of the bottom carriage and place jacks beneath its ends. Raise blocking beneath the trails in back of the limber. Disconnect the brake ropes. Unfasten the draft-rod nuts and remove the limber crossbeam. Lift with the jacks until the limber can be pulled forward. Lower with the jacks, removing the blocking as the trails descend, until the rear ends of the trails are just clear of the ground. 6. To SPREAD THE TRAILS. Remove the trail coupling pin. Man the ends of the trails and spread. Mark position of the spades. Swing trails together, moving rear ends about 1,200 mm. Dig the holes for the spades. Place spades, leveling, with top surfaces in about the same hori- zontal plane. Open trails again. Screw down the trail pin nuts (Pl. XX). Lower with the jacks until the trails rest on the spades. Remove the jacks and jack beam. 7. To ATTACH TRAILS TO SPADES. Fit the spade bolts in the notches of the spade-connecting plates. Screw down the spade-bolt nuts. 8. To UNSHACKLE SPRING. Place jacks beneath the jack lugs at the front lower corners of the bottom carriage. Raise until the adjusting-rod pins can be removed. Swing adjusting rods down and replace the pins. Unshackle the spring. 9. To SEAT THE AXLE PIVOT. Lower with the jacks until the centering pins bear on the axle. Open the axle-pivot cover and insert the axle pivot. INSTRUCTIONS FOR CHANGING FROM BATTERY TO TRAVELING POSITION. When preparing the carriage for transport the following operations should be performed and completed in order given: 1. Remove axle pivot. 2. Shackle spring. 3. Unfasten trails from spades. 4. Lift trails; close and couple. 5. Attach limber to carriage. 6. Retract awl lock gun in traveling position. 7. Dig out and load the spades. (71) 1. To REMOVE AXLE PIVOT. Place a jack underneath each of the two jack lugs at the front corners of the bottom carriage, open the axle pivot cover and remove axle pivot. If axle pivot does not come out easily, raise or shift the bottom carriage with the jacks. 2. To SHACKLE SPRING. Further raise the bottom carriage until it is possible to insert the axle spring pins through the spring biishings and the outer spring shackles. Close the axle spring pin handles. 3. To UNFASTEN TRAILS FROM SPADES. Unscrew the nuts of the four spade 'bolts on each of the two spades and turn the bolts free from the spade-connecting plates. 4. TO LIFT THE TRAILS AND COUPLE. Assemble the jack beam and jacks beneath the foot at the rear of the bottom carriage. Raise until the trails are just clear of the ground. With three or more men on each member swing the trails together and seat the coupling pin.. 5. TO ATTACH LIMBER TO CARRIAGE. Continue lifting with the jacks until the rear ends of the trails, are sufficiently high to permit running the limber in place. Lower the trails to the limber frame. Raise the limber crossbeam and seat to position on the trails. Assemble the draft rods and tighten the nuts. Connect the transverse and longitudinal brake ropes and test brake for adjustment. While lifting the trails raise blocking or timbers beneath to support the trails in case of failure of the jacks or other parts. 6. To RETRACT AND LOCK GUN IN TRAVELING POSITION. Traverse the gun to zero degrees position. Elevate or depress the cradle so that the plane through the base of the gun clips is parallel to the top surface of the retracting racks. Assemble the traveling lock. Remove the recoil and counter-recoil rod nuts. Attach the ratchet wrenches and retract the gun. Screw down the traveling lock clip screws. (72) 73 7. To DIG OUT AND LOAD THE SPADES. • Recover the spades using crowbars and shovels. Load the spades for soft ground on the rear end of the trails—one in front and one in back of the brakeman's seat. Lash in place. Load the spades for hard soil in the supply truck. 75312°-18-9 3-TON TRUCK CHASSIS F. W. D. MODEL B 1917.1 (Plates XXIX and XXX.) GENERAL WEIGHTS, DIMENSIONS, AND OUTLINE SPECIFICATIONS. Rated load capacity pounds__ 6, 000 Body weight allowance do____ 1, 200 Weight of chassis, with transoms do____. 7., 308 Maximum gross, weight loaded do____ 14, 510 Percentage of chassis weight on front tires (without load) __per cent__ 62 Percentage of chassis weight on rear tires (without load) 38 Percentage of load weight on .front tires do____ 19 Percentage of load weight -on rear tires do____ 81 Percentage of gross weight on front tires do____ 41 Percentage of gross weight on rear tires do____ 59 Overall length of chassis (without body) inches__ 213. 5 Overall width of chassis (at widest part) 70. 5 Chassis wheel base do____, 124 Length of frame back of driver's seat `do___.- 128 Width of frame (outside dimensions) 3d Height of rear end of frame from ground (empty) do____ 39. 5 Height of rear end of frame from ground (loaded) do____ 35. 875 Diameter of turning circle feet__ 50. 5 Tread of rear wheels inches__ 56 Road clearance under front axle .(lowest point) do____ 9. 687 Road clearance under rear axle (lowest point) do____ 9. 687 Engine.-4 cylinder, 4-cycle type; T-head cylinders cast in pairs. Bore, 4.75 inches; stroke, 5.5 inches,' 36.1 H. P., N. A. C. C. formula. . Radiator. Tubular type, -with fins. Separate head, base, and sides. • igntion.--Eisemann high tension magneto. Tylie G,4, II edit. Carburetor. Type G 3-1.5 inches Stromberg carbureter, fixed nozzle type, with hot air connection. • Gravity feed. Gdvernor.—Fly ball type, mounted between carburetor and intake, manifold. Clutch.—Multiple disk type. Disks run in oil. Transmission. Selective sliding jaw clutch type combined with silent chain reduction. Includes center differential. Hand-operated differential locking device. Drive.—Shaft drive from transmission through universal joints to bevel ring gears in axles. . 1 Additional information pertaining to this chassis is given in the Ordnance Handbook " 3-ton Chassis F. W. D', Model B-1917." (74) PLATE XXIX PLATE XXX 75 Torsion rod.—V-shaped torsion rods from both axles to main frame side member. Propulsion.—Through springs. Frame.—Channel section pressed steel. Eight cross members. Five standard ordnance transoms. Ordnance pintle at rear ; towing hooks in front. Springs.—Front, semielliptic, 41.5 inches long, 2.5 inches wide. Rear platforms, semielliptic side springs 44 inches long, 2.5 inches wide. Rear inverted semielliptic 40.5 inches long, 2.5 inches long. Axles.—Internal shaft, full floating type. Incorporating bevel pinion and ring gear and spur gear type differential. Both axles of same general type, except front axles provided with ball members to accomplish steering. Wheel hubs fitted with roller bearings. Brakes.—Two sets. Pedal operated, service brake on transmission. Hand lever operated emergency brake of external contracting type, on rear wheel brake drums. TV heels.—Steel wheels ; rear wheels have brake drums cast integral. Tires.—Size, 36 by 6 inches, solid rubber. Steering.—Front wheels only used for steering. Steering gear of differential screw type ; 22-inch hardwood steering wheel. Controls.—Right-hand steer, gear shift and emergency brake levers at right of driver's seat. Spark and throttle Control- levers operate on sector clamped to left side steering column. Ignition ground wire switch located on heel board. Accelerator and cut-out pedals located on floor. Clutch and service pedals are located left to right, respectively. Gasoline tank.—Galvanized steel tank of 30-gallon capacity. Equipment.—Pyrene fire extinguisher ; oil side. lamps; oil tail lamp ; acetylene searchlight with swivel yoke and bracket ; searchlight cover ; acetylene generator with bracket ; paulin, 12 by 12 feet ; nonskid chains, complete, and chain box ; hand-operated horn ; speedometer ; hand flashlight; 15-foot towing chain ; instruction books with canvas cover ; motor vehicle tool box, model 1918, including, tools and spare parts. DESCRIPTION. [Plates XXIX and XXX.] ENGINE AND ATTACHMENTS. The pow ex plant eonsists of a Wisconsin 4-cycle, 4-cylinder engine. The firing order of the cylinders is 1, 3, 4, 2, the cylinders being numbered 1 to 4 from the front. The engine is of 4.75-inch bore and 5.5-inch stroke, and is rated at 36.1 horsepower by the N. A. C. C. formula. The cylinders are of the T-head construction and cast in pairs. The gears which oper 76 ate the cam shafts, magneto, and water pump are incased at the front end of the motor. The motor is located under the driver's seat, and is mounted at four points on a subframe, which also supports the clutch and transmission. The upper water pipe from the motor to the radiator comes above the floor in front of the driver's seat and is protected by a metal case. LUBRICATION. A combined splash and force feed oiling system is used. A gear pump located at the lowest point of the oil reservoir pumps the oil through channels into the upper crank case, from which there are leads to the crank 'shaft, which is drilled hollow in order to supply the oil direct under pressure to the main bearings, connecting rods, and timing gears. As the crank shaft revolves, the oil gathers in the motor pan, which is provided with ribs, and the connecting rods dip in the oil and splash same around, thereby lubricating the pistons, piston pins, cam shafts, and valve lifters. The surplus oil runs over the ribs and into the motor base and flows back to the reservoir, from where it is pumped back into the system after being strained through the oil-pump screen. COOLING. Cooling is accomplished by a water system operated by a shaft-driven pump. By means of centrifugal action the pump forces the water from the bottom of the radiator into the water jackets of the cylinders. From the cylinders the water is led back to the radiator through the outlet manifold and a hose connection. The radiator is of the tubular type. The tubes are detachable and are provided with spiral fins. The top, bottom, and sides of the radiator are made separately from the tubes. The entire assembly is supported on the main frame by trunnions. The fan, which is set immediately back of the radiator, is driven from the motor by an extension shaft running under the floor. STARTING. The starting crank connects under the radiator and floor to the motor by means of long shaft. MAGNETO. There is but one source of ignition—an. Eisemann high-tension variable-spark magneto, Type G.4, second edit., which is shaft driven from the timing gears. The ignition is cut out by means of a switch located on the heel board under the driver's, seat, which short circuits the low-tension system of the magneto. 77 CARBURETOR. Carburetion is by a Type G 3, 1.5-inch Stromberg carburetor, located on the right-hand side of the motor and supported by a cast aluminum intake manifold. This carburetor is of the double-jet, fixed-nozzle, air-valve type. All the adjustments are obtained by changing the tension of the air-valve springs. The carburetor is connected by means of a flexible tube with a hot-air box located on the exhaust pipe, thus hot air is drawn into the carburetor aiding the vaporization of the fuel. Easy starting is obtained by means of a pull rod accessible in front of the radiator, which closes a valve in the primary air inlet of the carburetor and also holds the main air valve closed, thus producing a considerable vacuum within the carburetor for the purpose of drawing an abundant amount of gasoline through the gasoline nozzles. GOVERNOR. The engine is prevented from racing by a Pierce governor mounted above the carburetor, and operated by a flexible speedometer type of a shaft, directly from the cam shaft. GASOLINE TANK. The gasoline tank is located at the rear of the driver's seat, and is an elliptically shaped galvanized steel receptacle of 30 gallons capacity, and divided into two portions. Each portion is individually connected to the gasoline line which runs forward to the carburetor, thus allowing the gasoline in either portion to be used at option. Control of the gasoline is provided for by a valve located on the outside of each section of the tank at the point of attachment of the gasoline pipe. EXHAUST SYSTEM. A seamless tubing exhaust line conveys the exhaust gases from the exhaust manifold at the left of the engine back to the muffler. The muffler is located at the rear right-hand side of the chassis. A muffler cut-out valve is located in the exhaust line immediately forward of the muffler. This valve is controlled by pedal located in the floor board near the driver's heel. CLUTCH. The clutch is of the multiple-disk type with disks running in oil, and is operated by a pedal located in front of the driver's seat. There are in all 23 disks in the clutch. Of these, 12 are of bronze and 11 of steel. The bronze disks are the driving members; the steel, the ri ven members. 78 Each of the driving members is notched about its periphery and the teeth so formed fit into grooves in the clutch casing. The driven disks are similarly notched, but internally so as to enable them to fit into the outside of the clutch case. To each alternate tooth of the driven disks there are fastened small flat springs which serve to separate all disks equally when the clutch is disengaged. The clutch case is a bowl-shaped pressed steel casting which bolts to the clutch case cover, which is in turn bolted to the web of the flywheel. The case covering is merely a cast-iron disk which is bored to re-chive the clutch-shaft ball bearing. To effect the compression of the disks within the clutch a clutch spring is provided. For the purpose of adjustment there is threaded. into the clutch case an adjusting nut by means of which the compression of the clutch spring can be altered. To aid in gear shifting, a clutch brake is supplied. CLUTCH ALIGNMENT JOINT., The clutch alignment joint is of the double universal type and will absorb small amounts of disalignment in any direction. It is formed of two female members bolted to a center flange, into which fit two male members. Either of the male members can take up angular motion without regard to the other. The centers of the male members are held in line with center flange by a pivoting arrangement, consisting of a bronze center cap on each male member, which fits into, a pressed steel centering cap support on the center of the flange. The whole assembly is inclosed by a pressed steel housing made in two sections, held together by bolts. TRANSMISSION. The transmission is placed between the clutch of the engine and the rear axle. It is mounted on a subframe, which also carries the engine. The transmission is of the sliding jaw clutch type.. All of its gears are always in mesh. It gives three speeds forward and one reverse. The different speeds are obtained by shifting the different sliding clutches into engagement with their respective gears. The transmission is divided into two connected parts, a main transmission and a subtransmission. The power is transmitted from the engine through the driving shafts to the front and rear axles. The main transmission consists essentially of a main shaft made in two parts coupled together for the high gear drive by a sliding clutch, on which are four gears and two double sliding clutches, a 79 eountershaft carrying a single clutch and four gears. In addition, there is a reverse idler gear mounted on a stud fastened in the transmission case. There is also provided a clutch engagement locking device for the necessary clutch sliding mechanism. Except on high speed, both shafts revolve (on high speed the main shaft only functions). The power enters through the forward half of the main shaft, is conveyed to the countershaft, then comes back to the rearward half of the main shaft, which by means of a toothed sprocket keyed to its squared end drives the differential in the sub-transmission by means of a silent link belt chain. This differential is supported on a two-part jack shaft to which it delivers the power it receives. • The main components of the subtransmission are two toothed sprockets, a silent link belt chain, a center differential, two differential clutches, two jack 'shafts, and a differential locking device. Two levers on the outside of the transmission case control a differential locking device, which renders inoperative this center differential, as an emergency provision against the wheels of the front or rear axle losing their traction and thus robbing the other two wheels of their proper driving effort. AXLES AND DRIVE SHAFTS. The wheels of the front axle only are steerable. In other general respects the two axles of the truck are of the same general type. The front wheels are slightly cambered and therefore also " toed in." The rear wheels are of necessity parallel with each other. 'The axles of this truck are of the internal-shaft type, the central part of the axle being formed as a large housing, which includes the bevel-gear drive, the differential, and the axle shafts. The driving power is transmitted through a universal joint to the driving pinion, which is integral with the shaft, and is carried on roller bearings with proper adjusting means for obtaining silent-running mesh with the axle-ring gear. The ring gear is mounted directly on the body of the differential. From the differential the drive is transmitted by the axle shafts to the wheels through driving spiders which engage with the wheel hubs. As these axles are of the " full-floating type," the wheels are carried on bearings supported directly on extensions of the axle housing, thus relieving the driving shafts of all strains except the driving torque. The axle differential is of the spur-pinion type and is carried within the axle housing on roller bearings. It is adjustable endwise of the axle by nuts and locking devices. so The front-axle housing is similar to that of the rear axle except that the wheel-supporting extensions are hinged to the central assembly of the axle housing for the purpose of permitting the necessary steering movement of the front wheels. These hinged portions are arranged with cavities in their centers, which include the universal joints necessary in the front-axle driving shafts. These universal joints are of necessity centrally located with relation to the vertical axis of the hinge. The universal joints are inclosed in a ball, which latter is a drop forging of chrome-vanadium steel. Forged integral with the ball at the extreme top and bottom are heavy pivots. Over the ball is fitted a crucible cast-steel socket, divided into an upper and a lower half the pivots on the ball are provided with case-hardened bushings and case-hardened buttons, riding in cups cast integral with the socket. There is no contact between the inner surface of the socket and the outer surface of the ball, all the load and friction being carried on the pivots with their bushings and thrust buttons. PROPELLER SHAFTS. The power is delivered from the transmission to the front and rear axles by two propeller shafts. They are identical in all respects except as to length and are of chrome-vanadium steel. Each shaft is provided with two universal joints front and rear. They are of the pin and block type. TORSION RODS. Torsion rods of seamless-steel tubing extending from collars on the differential housing to swivel-spring supports on the left side bar of the frame absorb the torsional strains' of the axles. They overcome the torque or tendency of the axle to rotate as the power or brake is applied. The propulsion is through the springs. STEERING GEAR. The steering gear is located in the right side, and is bolted to the main frame. It is of the differential-screw type. The lower end of the wheel shaft (inner tube) terminates in a screw. The threads of this screw enter a bronze sleeve, which is carried in the' housing on helical splines. In the sleeve, in addition to the threaded groove which accommodates the screw, there are cut straight splines which mesh with the upper end of the steering arm and cause same to revolve to -whatever extent the sleeve is caused to revolve during its endwise movement by the spirally-arranged keys of the housing. 81 The steering-gear arm joins the drag link, which connects with the left side arm, which is affixed to steering spindle (socket members). The left steering arm is connected with the right steering arm by means of the reach rod. CONTROL LEVERS. The gear-shifting lever is located on the right of the driver's seat and has four positions in its quadrant. It is provided with a safety locking device which prevents accidental engagement of the reverse speed. The emergency-brake lever is to the right of the shifting lever. It is provided with a ratchet and pawl, controlled by a spoon at its handle. FOOT CONTROL. The clutch and foot brake pedals are located one each on each side of steering column, left to right, respectively. Between these two pedals and to the rear of the steering column is the accelerator pedal, which is hinged at the bottom, and extends upward through the floor. It is oscillated by the side of the driver's foot. BRAKES. The foot brake is located at the transmission and thus divides the braking effort equally between all four wheels. It is a unit in itself, and is supported by one of the cross members of the frame and driven from the rearward end of the main transmission shaft by means of a sleeve coupling therefore its operating connection with the wheels is through the transmission-propellor shafts and axles. The emergency brakes are of the external contracting type and operate on the drums cast integral with the rear wheels. All brakes are lined with asbestos fabric; SPRINGS AND FRAME. Springs.—The front springs are semielliptical type and anchored to the frame at the front ends, their • rear ends being supported by shackles. The rear spring suspension is of the platform arrangement and consists of three semielliptical springs, the middle one of which is inverted and set crosswise under the frame, to which it is secured at its middle. The forward ends of the two side, rear springs are anchored to the frame, and the rear ends are shackled to the free ends of the cross spring. Frame.—The frame is built of pressed steel channel sections. It is composed of two straight, parellel side members connected by eight 82 cross members. Upon the rear portions of the frame are riveted five cross transoms, which form a support for whatever body may be applied. At each front corner of the frame is provided a towing hook, and in the centter of the rear cross member is set a standard ordnance pintle. OPERATING IN STRUCTION S. Preliminary to starting engine— Put gear lever in neutral. Set emergency brake. Advance gas lever one-third travel. Retard spark lever. • Pull out ignition switch. Crank engine by spinning rapidly. Pull out air choker rod for rich mixture if necessary. Prime engine through priming cups if necessary. After engine starts— Advance spark. Retard gas lever until engine runs slowly. To start truck— Release hand brake. Release clutch. Increase engine speed slightly. Engage low-speed gear. Slowly engage clutch. Gear changes: As truck gains momentum release clutch, close throttle, shift to intermediate speed, engage clutch, and open throttle. Repeat operation to reach. third (or high) speed, after which truck speed can be controlled by foot throttle or hand gas lever fully advanced and speed controlled by governor. Gear changes to lower speeds necessitated by heavy roads or steep grades: In changing to lower speed, disengage clutch ; do not retard throttle; instantly shift to lower gear, engage clutch, and open throt- tle to gain speed. To reverse truck : Reduce engine speed, release clutch, apply foot brake. When truck has stopped engage reverse gear, release brake, and engage clutch. Never engage reverse gear when truck is moving forward. To stop truck : Reduce engine speed, release clutch, apply brake, place, gear- shift lever in neutral, set emergency birake. 83 To stop engine: Push in ignition switch. Advance gas lever slightly to supply initial charge to assist starting. GEN ERAL N STRU CT1ON S. The spark-control lever should be maintained in as advanced a position as possible without causing the engine to knock. Since both the hand-throttle control lever on the steering column and the foot accelerator on the floor plate control the throttle, opening of the carburetor, either may be used, the choice being largely a matter of preference, although it is good practice to set the hand lever at the desired position when the truck encounters a long hard pull, and to use the foot accelerator when roads or traffic conditions are such as to make necessary a more flexible means of control. If the engine should be excessively stiff, investigate before attempting to crank it to ascertain whether the pump has been frozen through failure to drain. Should it have frozen it will be necessary. to thaw out the cooling system before attempting to start the engine. In climbing hills do not attempt to rush them. Shift gears when necessary to prevent needless laboring or the engine. If the spark-control lever has been retarded during the climbing of a hill, be sure to advance it after the hill has been negotiated, for to run with a retarded spark will cause the engine to overheat. In descending long hills, in order to maintain control of the truck shift to second or first speed, and cut off the ignition, using the engine as a brake. It may also be necessary, in order to prevent the truck gaining a momentum which would bring it out of control, to apply the emergency or the foot brakes. Never leave the truck standing on grades unless the emergency brake is set. If the grade is particularly steep or if the truck must be left standing on it for an extended period, the wheels must be blocked. When chuck holes, depressions, or ridges are encountered allow the truck to enter them slowly, momentarily slipping the clutch. As the front wheels of themselves will climb the ridges it is not necessary to rush the hole to force the front wheels over. The instructions as before given for climbing hills are applicable when the truck must negotiate soft roads, mud, sand, or snow. Under these conditions shift to the lower gears before the engine begins to labor. Should there be great road resistance when starting, open the throttle, just as the clutch is engaged, thus allowing the engine to Obtain its full charge of fuel at the moment when greatest power is needed, 84 USE OF CENTER DIFFERENTIAL LOCKING DEVICE. This device is a part of the transmission. It is of great use when the truck is in a position where the front or rear wheels are slipping. In this case the center differential may be locked by means of one of the levers projecting on both the front and rear ends of the sub-transmission case (either lever may be used). These levers control the sliding clutches engaging with corresponding clutches on the center differential. The clutches are completely engaged when the operating lever entirely covers the word " open " on the transmission case. After the truck has been extricated from a soft spot disengage the locking lever by turning it back to normal position, at which point the word. " open " is exposed on the transmission case above the locking levers. This is imperative. USE OF AXLES AS INDEPENDENT UNITS. Should the driving mechanism of one of the axles be permanently damaged or disabled, disconnect at the universal joints and remove the propeller shaft reaching to the damaged axle, remove the hub caps and take out the driving spiders from this axle, and lock the center differential with either of the levers just mentioned. By doing this the entire axle-driving mechanism becomes inoperative and further damage to it is prevented. USE OF BRAKES. The foot brake is used under all ordinary conditions. As its braking effort is applied to all wheels its action is more positive and effective than the emergency brake. The latter is designed for use only as an additional safeguard. In applying the foot brake use a gradual motion, since a sudden application may lock the wheels, causing them to slip, with a consequent injury to the tires and the entire mechanism. ti • PLATE XXXI 4. , 7531'2 18 10 PLATE 2-TON TRUCK CHASSIS, NASH MODELS 4017-A AND 4017-L-1917.1 [Plates XXXI and XXXII.] These models are identical in every way except as follows : Model A uses Bijur electric generator, storage battery, and elec- tric lights. Model L uses acetylene generator, acetylene searchlight. and oil side and tail lamps. Madel A has odometer only. Model L has odometer and speedometer. Model A has magneto without impulse starter. Model L has magneto with impulse starter. Wherever no specific notation is made the information applies to both chassis. Where there is a difference it is mentioned. GENERAL WEIGHTS, DIMENSIONS, AND OUTLINE SPECIFICATIONS. [Plates XXXI and XXXII.] Rated load capacity pounds__ 4, 000 Body-weight allowance do____ 1, 200 Weight of chassis only do____ 6, 000 Maximum gross weight (including chassis, body, and pay load) do____ 11, 200 Percentage of chassis weight on front tires (without load) ___per cent__ 663 Percentage of chassis on rear tires (without load) do____ 333 Percentage of load weight on front tires do____ 30 Percentage of load weight on rear tires do____ 70 Percentage of gross weight on front tires do____ 45 Percentage of gross weight on rear tires do__ 55 Rated load capacity, front tires, 6 inches each pounds__ 2, 500 Rated load capacity, rear tires, 6 inches, each do____ 2, 500 Overall length of chassis (without body) standard inches__ 2023 Overall width of chassis (at widest part) do____ 783 Chassis-,wheel base, standard do__ 124 Length of frame back of driver's seat, standard do____ 1175 Width of frame (outside dimensions), standard 381 Height of rear end of frame from ground, loaded do____ 351 Height of rear end of frame from ground, unloaded do 384 Diameter of turning circle feet__ 50 Tread of front wheels inches__ 60 Tread of rear wheels do____ 60 Road clearance under front axle (lowest point) 142 Road clearance under rear axle (lowest point) do____ 141 I Additional information vs.rtaining to this chassis is given in the Ordnance Handbook, " 2 ton Chassis, Nash Models 4017—A and 4017—L-1917." (85) 86 Engine.--4-cylinder, 4-cycle, Type L head, cylinders cast en bloc. Bore, 4.25 inch; stroke, 5.5 inches; horsepower, 28.9 inches N. A. C. C. rating. Radiator.—Tubular type with fins, removable cast-iron carriers. Ignition.—Eisemann high-tension variable-spark magneto, Type G. 4, Model 4017—L, with impulse starter. Carburetor.—Type, M-2 ; 1.25-inch Stromberg carburetor, plain tube type, with, hot-air connection. Gravity feed, by means of auxiliary tank. Lighting system.—Bijur generator and storage battery. (Model 4017—A.) Model 4017—L has acetylene lighting. Governor.—Fly ball type, drives through flexible shaft from cam shaft and is mounted above carburetor. Clutch.—Single plate dry disk, fitted with clutch brake. Transmission.—Selective sliding-jaw clutch type, combined with silent-chain reduction. Four speeds forward, one reverse. Drive.—Shaft drive from transmission through Spicer universal joints to bevel-ring gears in axles. Torque absorbed through springs. Full Hotchkiss drive. Frame.—Channel section pressed steel. Six cross members. Five standard ordnance transoms. Ordnance pintle at rear ; towing hooks in front. Springs.—Front and rear semielliptic (48 inches long by 2.5 inches wide), with auxiliary coil springs at center of main springs. Axles.—Both axles identical. Internal-gear drive, incorporating bevel pinion and ring gear and M. & S. locking-type differential. Wheels fitted with taper roller bearings. Brakes.—Two sets of brakes. Pedal-operated service brake of internal-expanding type on wheel brake drums. Hand-lever-operated emergency brake of external-contracting type on transmission; applies foot brake also. Wheels.—Cast-steel disk wheels. Wheels have brake drums cast integral. Tires.—Thirty-six by 6 inch solid tires, pressed-on type. Steering.—All four wheels used for steering. Vertical steering column. Steering gear of screw-and-nut type. Hardwood steering wheel. Controls.—Left-hand steer. Change gear and emergency brake levers in front of driver's seat to right of steering column. Spark and throttle lever operated on sector clamped below steering wheel on front of steering column. Ignition ground-wire switch on left side dash. Carburetor. Choke control on steering column. Clutch and service 'wake pedals left and right, respectively. Accelerator pedal to left of change-gear lever. 87 Gasoline tank.—Galvanized-steel tank, 27-gallon capacity, feeds to a 2-quart auxiliary tank attached to engine. Feed from the latter by gravity to the carburetor. EQUIPMENT. Pyrene fire extinguisher. Side lamps electric (model 4017 A). Tail lamp electric (model 4017 A). Tail lamp oil (model 4017 L). Tail lamp oil( model 4017 L). Searchlight electric, with swivel yoke and bracket (model 4017 A). Generator Bijur & Williard storage battery (model 4017 A). Searchlight acetylene, with swivel yoke and bracket (model 4017 L). Generator acetylene, with bracket (model 4017 L). Searchlight cover. Paulin 12 by 12 feet. Nonskid chains, complete, in chain box. - Eyes for nonskid chains. Top cover for driver's seat, with storm apron and side curtains. Hand-operated horn. Odometer (model 4017 A). Speedometer and odometer (model 4017 L). Hand flashlight. Fifteen-inch towing chain. Instruction books, with canvas cover. Motor-vehicle tool box, model 1918, including tools and spare parts. DESCRIPTION. ENGINE AND ATTACHMENTS. The power plant consists of a Buda 4-cycle, 4-cylinder engine. The firing order of the cylinders is 1-3-4 2, the cylinders being numbered 1 to 4 from the front. The engine is a 4.25-inch bore and 5.5-inch stroke. Its N. A. C. C. rating is 28.9 horsepower. The cylinders are of the L-head construction and are cast in block. The engine is supported at three points, and is placed in front of and to the right of the driver's seat, and is covered by a sheet-iron hood. LUBRICATION. A combined splash and force-feed oiling system is used. A gear-driven pump, located at the lowest point of the oil reservoir, pumps the oil into a distribution tube which connects with the three main bearings of the motor. SS Oil passages are drilled through the crank shaft, the inlets of which register with grooves in the main bearings. From each connecting-rod bearing, a tube, which also registers with the hole in the crank shaft, carries the oil to the wrist-pin bushings., The surplus of oil from the lower connecting-rod bearings is thrown over the cam shaft, the valve tappets, and onto the cylinder walls. The cam-shaft bearings also receive oil pumped under pressure direct from the distribution tube. The surplus oil returns to the reservoir, from which it is pumped back into the oiling system after being strained through the oil-pump screen. The timing gears are continuously lubricated by the retention. of oil in the. housing in which they revolve. This housing also receives the overflow from the relief valve of the oiling system. COOLING. The cooling system employs a centrifugal pump. RADIATOR. The radiator is of the finned tube type. The top, bottom, and sides of the radiator are made separate from the core. The entire radiator assembly is bolted to the radiator brackets. FAN. The fan, which is set immediately back of the radiator, is belt driven. STARTING. Starting is accomplished by means of a conventional hand crank. MAGNETO. An Eiseman high-tension variable-spark magneto, Type G 4, supplies the ignition. The magneto is equipped with an impulse starter (model 4017 L), and is driven by the water-pump shaft, being connected by a flexible coupling. The ignition is cut out by means of a, switch located on the dash, which short-circuits the low-tension circuit of the magneto. CARTWRETOR. Carburetion is accomplished by means of a Type M 2, 1.25-inch vertical-outlet Stromber,t_.,, carburetor of the plain tube type. The carburetor is placed on the left-hand side of the engine. It is provided with a hot-air connection to a stove on the exhaust manifold. GOVERNOR. The engine is governed by a simplex governor mounted above the carburetor. The governor is dui yen by a set of spiral gears from the cam sha ft. 89 GASOLINE TANK. The gasoline tank is cylindrical, of 27-gallon capacity. It is placed under the driver's seat. It has three baffle plates soldered to its interior. A 2-quart auxiliary tank bolted to the frame adjacent -to the carburetor is also provided, the feed from the latter being by gravity to the, carburetor. EXHAUST SYSTEM. A seamless-tube exhaust pipe runs from the exhaust manifold on the right-hand side of the motor back to the muffler, which is located midway on the right-hand side of the frame. A muffler cut-out valve is located just ahead of the muffler and is controlled by an eccentric lever fastened to the head casting of the muffler. CLUTCH. The clutch is of the single-plate dry-disk type and is operated in the conventional way. The driven member consists of a steel plate which slides onto the splined portion of the clutch shaft. It is placed between two fiber friction or driving members. These latter are in the form of fiber rings. - • The outer or front ring fastens to the flywheel of the engine; the inner or rear ring to the steel clutch-adjusting ring. The clutch-adjusting ring rests against• and is actuated by the clutch-lever thrust arms. These arms are pinned to the clutch cover. Clutch cover, in turn, is bolted to the flywheel of the engine.: The • whole assembly is inclosed in a clutch housing. The clutch is fitted with a brake, which works automatically to prevent spinning. TRANSMISSION. The transmission unit is contained in a one-piece cast-iron case, supported on two cross members and centrally located in the truck frame. It gives four speeds forward and one reverse. All gears are of the jaw-clutch type and are in constant mesh. The engine power is delivered to a main drive or spline shaft. The first, second, and third speeds are obtained by gear reductions between the spline shaft and a lay shaft; fourth speed i through a direct engagement on the spline shaft. At all speeds the power is applied from a floating sprocket on the spline shaft through a silent chain which forms a positive drive to a sprocket on a a countershaft. From the ends of the countershaft the power is delivered to the front and rear axle. The spline shaft, lay sh,aft, and countershaft are mounted on ball bearings. The reverse speed is obtained by a double-sliding gear engaging with the spline-shaft sliding gear and the lay-shaft gear. 90 On the upper side of the transmission case is mounted the gear-shifting device. Its function is to permit the shifting of and to retain in engagement such gears as are selected by the hand-control lever located at the driver's seat. A locking mechanism prevents the accidental shifting into reverse. A filler plug permits the insertion of lubricant into the transmission case, while a large cover removable from the lower side permits examination and adjustment of interior parts. AXLES AND PROPELLER SHAFTS. The front and rear axles are of the same general type. They are both of the internal gear drive type. The axles consist of two main units—the load-carrying member, which is a solid I-beam forging and the live or driving axle, which is mounted above the load-carrying member and is supported thereon. The load-carrying member relieves the live or driving members of all but the work of driving. The driving force of the live axle from the differential acting through the universal joint drives the motor power to the wheel by means of a pinion mounted on the end of the universal joint yoke, which engages with the internal ring gear in the wheel. The wheel is mounted on the steering spindle and is supported by roller bearings. The steering knuckle is secured to the axle by a knuckle pin. An automatic spiral-gear locking differential called the M and S is contained in each 'axle drive gear assembly. The motive power applied to the differential is distributed equally to the driving axles through an arrangement of spiral gears, the axis of which are at right angles to each other. These gears mesh with larger spiral gears on the axle shafts. This differential is arranged just like a bevel-gear type. It differs only in the type of gears used. The action of this differential is identical in forward or reverse truck movements, causing each wheel to get equal traction. The propeller shafts are three in number—one from the motor to the transmission and one each from the transmission to the differentials on the front and rear axles. These latter two propeller shafts are identical in construction and therefore interchangeable. There are 10 universal joints of the yoke and block type (Spicer joints). Six of these are used on the propeller shafts. The other four are employed in the front and rear axle shafts to allow of driving the wheels and steering at the same time. All of the parts of the six joints used on the propeller shafts are interchangeable, as are also the parts of the four universal joints used in the axle shafts. 91 STEERING GEAR, CONTROL LEVERS, AND PEDALS. The steering gear is located on the left side and is of the screw and nut irreversible type, operating all four wheels. A carbureter air control is located on the steering column, as are also the spark lever and the throttle lever, the latter being the longer of the two. The steering column is vertical to allow, the longitudinal steering tube to lead to the rear axle. The main steering arms for both the front and rear axles are connected to this longitudinal tube. Drag links connect these arms to the steering knuckles on the opposite side of the throttle on both front and rear, axles. The tie-rod and drag link for the front axle are behind and above the bOttom of the axle and the tie-rod and drag link of the rear axle are in front and above the bottom of that axle. CONTROL LEVERS. The gear shifting lever is located to the right of the steering column and can take five positions in its supporting bracket. The lever is provided with a locking device which renders impossible the accidental engagement of reverse speed. This device consists of a button on top of the handle of the lever which must be depressed, thus releasing a pawl, in order to bring the lever into the position .of reverse speed. The emergency brake lever is set to the right of the gear shift lever. It is provided with ratchet and pawl controlled by a spoon at its handle. FOOT CONTROL. The clutch and service brake pedals are located one on each side and to the front of the vertical steering column, left to right, respectively. Immediately to the left of the change-gear lever there is placed an accelerator pedal. BRAKES. Five brakes are provided. The service brakes, operated by the foot pedal, act on all four wheels. The service brakes consist of internal bands expanding against drums integral with each wheel. The emergency brake is lever operated and is set immediately back of the transmission on an extension of the transmission countershaft. It is of the external contracting type and is operated in connection with the wheel brakes; that is, all five brakes are operated by the one lever. The service brakes and the emergency brake may be operated independently of each other or together. 92 SPRINGS AND FRAME. • Springs.--Both front and rear springs are the sernielliptic type. The propulsion of the truck is through the springs both front and rear: There are auxiliary coil springs located at the center of the main springs for the purpose of absorbing extreme shocks and to protect the driving axle in the event of an overload. Frame.—The frame is built of pressed steel, of channel section. It is composed of two straight parallel side members connected by six cross members. Upon the rear portion of the frame there are riveted five cross transoms of Standard ordnance design. These form a support for any Standard ordnance body that may be applied. At each front corner of the frame there is placed a towing hook and in the center of the rear cross member there is located a standard spring cushioned ordnance pintle. Wheels, and tires.—All four wheels are identical in size and construction. They are solid, single disk steel, castings with brake drums cast integral. The wheels are fitted with 36 by 6 inch solid tires of the pressed-on type. Seat assembly.—The wooden seat platform extending around the motor forms the support for the seat, gasoline tank, hood, and dash. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. Preliminary to starting engine: Put gear lever in neutral. Set emergency brake. Advance gas lever one-third travel. Retard spark lever. Turn iginition switch to " On." Crank engine by spinning rapidly. Adjust air-choke level' for rich mixture if necessary. After engine starts: • Advance spark. Regulate auxiliary air-control lever to secure smooth engine operation. Retard gas lever until engine runs slowly. To start truck: Release hand brake. Release clutch. Increase engine speed slightly. Engage low-speed gear. Slowly engage clutch. Gear changes: As truck gains momentum release clutch, close throttle, shift to intermediate speed, release clutch, and open throttle slightly. When ma,ximum speed is reached again, release clutch, close 93 throttle, and engage next higher gear. Repeat operation until fourth speed is reached, after which truck speed can be controlled by accelerator or hand lever. Gear changes to lower speeds necessitated by heavy roads or steep grades: In changing to lower speed disengage clutch; do not retard throttle; instantly shift to lower gear, engage clutch, and open throttle to gain speed. To reverse truck : Reduce engine speed, release clutch, apply foot brake. When truck has stopped engage reverse gear, release brake, and engage clutch. Never engage reverse gear when truck is moving forward. To stop truck : Reduce engine speed, release clutch, apply brake, place gear-shift lever in neutral, set emergency brake. To stop engine: Turn ignition switch to " Off." Advance gas lever slightly to supply initial charge to assist starting. In winter close air choke when stopping. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. 1. Use of governor control: Permit governor to control engine speed whenever possible. Avoid spasmodic depression of accelerator pedal. 2. Maintain greatest possible spark advance without engine knocking. 3. Use engine as brake on down grades with ignition switch " off." This practice conserves fuel, cools motor, tends to prevent skidding, saves brakes for emergency, and gives increased brake leverage. Engage low or intermediate gears. The lower the gear the greater the braking force. 4. Positive engagement of clutch : Slipping clutch causes injury to disks. Riding clutch pedal causes slipping and wears clutch release bearings. Avoid violent engagement causing severe strain on clutch and axle driving members. 5. Efficiently use gear changes: Best drivers get the greatest distance with fewest engine revolutions. Intermediate and low gears should be used when road conditions demand. Never " rush a hill on high " to avoid a lower gear change. Excessive speed is more injurious to engine and tires. 6. Applying brakes—Reduce engine speed. Release clutch pedal before applying brakes. Apply brakes gradually and intermittently, not harshly. 7. Avoid fast driving or spinning wheels on rocky roads, causing tearing of tread or tires. 94 8. When coasting with the clutch released clutch pedal should not be fully depressed, as undue wear occurs on clutch brake. 9. Curves should be taken at low rate of speed avoiding excessive wear on tires and strain on axle members. 10. Anticipate stops and speed reductions that brakes may be used as little as possible. 11. Avoid as much as possible mud, dust, and sand. Remove deposits of same to protect mechanical parts from injury. RECONNAISSANCE CAR.' 1-TON TRUCK CHASSIS, WHITE MODEL T. E. B. 0., WITH RECONNAISSANCE BODY. GENERAL WEIG1 'S, DI AIE:s;SIONS, A N D OUTLINE SPECIFICATION S. 1 CHASSIS. 850 Rated load capacity tons__ Weight of chassis pounds__ 3, Maximum gross weight (including chassis, body and pay load)___do 7, 150 Percentage- of chassis weight on front tires (without load) ____per cent__ 54 Percentage of chassis on rear tires (without load) do 46 Percentage of load weight on front tires do____ 80 Percentage of load weight on rear tires do____ 20 Percentage of gross weight on front tires do____ 31 Percentage of gross weight on rear tires do 69 Rated load capacity, front tires, at 90-pound pressure pounds__ 2, 250 Rated load capacity, rear tires, at 90-pound pressure do 2, 250 Overall length of chassis (without body), standard 205 Overall width of chassis at widest part do____ 61 Width of frame (outside dimensions) 34 Height of rear cud of frame from ground (hauled) do____ 25. 75 Height of rear end of frame from ground (empty) 33. 75 Diameter of turning circle, 60 inches left, 46 inches right. Tread of front wheels do 56 Tread of rear wheels do 56 Road clearance under front axle (lowest point) do 0 73 Road clearance under rear axle (lowest point) do 10 1301)Y. Weight of body pounds__ 1. 000 Overall length of body inches__ 153. 75 Height of body from frame do 63. 123 Overall length of roof thL____ 132. 5 Width of roof 59. 75 Engine. 4-cylinder, 4-cycle, L-head type. cylinders east en bloc. Bore, 4.25 inches; stroke, 6.375 inches; horsepower, 28.9, N. A. C. C. formula. Radiator.—Cellular type. Radiator assembly supported by spring shock absorbers fastened to frame. Igni,tlon. high-tension variable spark magneto. Type Gr. 4, second edit.; equipped with impulse starter. 1 Additional information pertaining to this vehicle is given in the Ordna-nce Handbook, " Reconnaissance Car." (95) 96 Carburetor.—White-aspirating type, water jacket. Gravity feed. Clutch.—Single-plate dry-disk type, operating in oil.. Transmission.—Sliding gear selective type, 4 speeds forward, 1 reverse. Drive.—Shaft drive, with 1 telescopic and 2 universal joints. Final drive bevel gears. Propul$ion.—Through 2 torsion arms. Frame.—Channel section pressed steel. Five cross members. Towing hooks in front. Springs.—Semielliptic front and rear. _bles.—Front, one piece drop-forged I beam ; rear, -7 floating, internal shaft with bevel pinion center differential, inclosed in built-up steel housing. Brakes.—Two sets. Pedal-operated service brake of external contracting type ; asbestos-lined on rear wheel .brake drums. Hand-lever-operated emergency brake of internal-expanding type, metal lined, on rear wheel brake drums. Wheels.—Artillery type wooden wheels. Steel brake drums bolted to flange of rear wheels. Detachable and demountable rims. Tires.-36 by 6 inches pneumatic straight side. Steering.—Front wheel steer. Inclined steering column. Steering gear of worm and segment type. Controls.—Left-hand steering. Emergency brake lever at left of steering column ; change gear at right. Spark and throttle lever operated on sector clamped to upper part of steering column. Ignition ground switch on speedometer box on left-hand side of dash. Carburetor air-control valve on right-hand side of dash. Clutch and service brake pedals left to right, respectively, of steering column. Accekrator pedal hinged to bottom of steering column. Ga,9oline tank.—Rectangular galvanized-steel tank; 22 gallon capacity. FESCIZIPTION. The reconnaissance b Aly is c(nistructed entirely of sheet steel, and is arranged to afford the greatest possible amount of storage space with maximum compactness. Each of the four seats of the car will hold comfortably three passengers. The front seat faces forward. The floor board on the dash is built out to give the driver and the front-seat passengers ample leg space. The men in the second seat sit with their backs to those on the driver's seat ; 20 inches of space is allowed between the second and third seats. These face each other, while the fourth seat is back to back with the third. 97 The seat boxes are of one-sixteenth inch steel with cushion supporting ledges. On each seat there are cushions covered with 12-ounce army duck. These are 21- inches thick and are filled with long laced hair. Each cushion is provided with two leather straps with buckles for fastening it to the seat frame. On the back of each seat there is a duck-covered hair-filled pad. The roof of the reconnaissance car is carried on six upright posts of pressed steel channel sections. These uprights fit into •sockets, extending the full height of the seats. The method of connecting between the posts and the roof permits of the latter being readily removed. The roof extends out over the rear compartment. A full complement of 12-ounce army duck curtains, with their necessary fasteners, are furnished. When the curtains are not in use provision is made to permit of their being rolled up to the roof, where they are held in place by suitable straps and buckles. Under the seats there are compartments for storage purposes. The space under the front seat is divided into separate compartments, the center affording space for a rectangular gasoline tank of 22-gallon capacity. The two outside compartments are accessible from either side of the car by means of doors. Between the two rear seats and above the rear-wheel housing there is another storage compartment. This also is accessible from. either side of the car. On its top there is a rifle rack for the accommodation of six rifles. To the rear of the wheel housing on both sides of the car there are two small storage compartments, each having a door entrance. The main storage compartment is accessible from the rear of the truck by means of a door opening at the top, -while its front end can be reached through an entrance under the seat cushions of the third seat. ENGINE AND ATTACHMENTS. The power plant consists of a four-cycle four-cylinder engine. The firing order of the cylinders is 1-3-4-2, the cylinders being numbered 1 to 4 from the front. The engine has a bore of 4.25 inches and a stroke of 3.375 inches. It is rated at 28.9 horsepower by the N. A. C. C. formula. The cylinders are of the L-head construction and are cast en bloc. The gear which operate the cam shaft, the magneto, and the water pump are inclosed in the front end of the engine. The motor is located at the front of the frame and is supported at three points. Lubrication.—The lubrication of the engine i accompRhed by combined splash and force-feed oiling system. A gear-driven pump of the plunger type, driven from the cam shaft and located at the 75312 98 lower right-hand side of the engine, is employed. The course of the oil is as follows From the tank, which is mounted on the dash under the hood, the oil flows by gravity through a pipe to the pump. There it is pumped through three separate pipes to the sight-feed indicators on the dash, and thence by gravity it proceeds to the three engine main bearings and through oil ways in the crank shaft to the connecting-rod bearings. There are oil holes on thetop halves of the connecting-rod bosses to catch the drip. The bearings must be drilled to match these holes. From the direct-feed bearings the oil falls into the crank-case reservoir. The flow of oil from the pump through the sight feeds to the bearings is as follows : The forward plunger feeds through the right sight feed to the rear bearing and the fourth connecting-rod bearing. The center plunger feeds through the center sight feed to the center bearing and the second and third connecting-rod bearings. The rear plunger feeds through the left sight feed to the front bearing and the first connecting-rod bearing. All other parts of the engine are lubricated by splash. C ooling .—A gear-driven centrifugal pump, driven from the cam shaft, forces water from the radiator into the water jackets of the cylinders and thence to the top of the radiator, by which it is cooled in its downward passage, preparatory to again being pumped to the water jackets of the cylinders. The radiator is • of the cellular type? The core and reservoir of the radiator are carried within a pressed-steel shell. The entire radiator assembly is supported on the frame and is provided with shock absorbers. The belt-driven fan is set immediately in back of the radiator. The fan belt has an eccentric adjustment. Magneto.—There is but one source of ignition—an Eiseman high-tension, variable-spark magneto, type G 4, second edition, equipped with an impulse starter. This magneto is gear driven from the crank shaft. The ignition switch key is located on the speedometer box. Carbureter.—Carburetion is produced by a special White carbu-reter of the plain tube air, valve, fixed nozzle type, with but one adjustment—that of increasing or decreasing the amount of air admitted by means of an air-adjusting screw. This is a low-speed adjustment. The carbureter is located on the right-hand side of the engine and is connected by means of a flexible tube with the hot-air box located on the exhaust pipe. A carbureter air-control valve located on the right side of the dash is provided to facilitate starting. 99 Gasoline tank.—The gasoline tank is located under the driver's seat, and is a rectangular-shaped galvanized-steel receptacle of 22 gallons' capacity. The gasoline flows from the tank by gravity through the gasoline line to the carbureter. The gasoline tank is provided with a three-way shut-off valve, thus providing for an emergency supply of gasoline, which is contained within a portion of the main tank but partitioned off from it. Exhaust system,.—An exhaust line is provided, which conveys the exhaust gases from the exhaust manifold of the engine back to the rear of the truck. The exhaust system originates on the right-hand side of the engine and terminates in a muffler at the rear end of the chassis. CLUTCH. The clutch is of the single-plate type, operating in oil, and is contained within the flywheel. It consists essentially of three disks—a steel (driven) disk, which slides on to the clutch shaft and which is placed between two rings of asbestos composition. The forward ring is riveted onto the flywheel. The rearward ring is riveted to the friction-plate ring, which is merely a metal ring machined on the reverse to admit the clutch wedges. This ring rotates with the flywheel. When the clutch pedal is depressed it moves back the clutch throw-out sleeve on the clutch shaft, which compresses the clutch spring nd so pulls in six clutch wedges. These wedges when pulled in release the pressure on the clutch disk and so disconnect the clutch shaft from the motor. To aid in gear shifting a clutch brake is provided which counteracts any drag in the clutch and which goes into action when the clutch paddle is completely depressed. The clutch is connected to the transmission by a universal joint. TRANSMISSION. The transmission is an independent unit mounted on two cross-frame members, with three-point suspension. The transmission is of the selective sliding-gear type. The gears on the countershaft are stationary, while those on the main shaft slide into mesh with their proper stationary countershaft gears to produce the various speeds. The transmission gives five speeds, four forward and one reverse. The countershaft is always in motion. Direct drive is on third speed. At all other speeds power is transmitted from the main shaft to the countershaft and then back to the main shaft, from whence it is transferred through universal joints iii the driving shaft to the rear driving axle, The fourth speed is 100 geared up to produce maximum road speed with lessened engine speed. Gear-shifting forks are provided which fit into collars integral with the two sliding gears on the transmission main shaft. DRIVE SHAFT. The drive shaft is of the exposed type and connects with the transmission through a universal joint. The rear axle connection is by means of a universal joint and a telescopic joint. AXLE. Final drive is through a bevel gear and pinion. The rear axle is of the three-fourths floating type, with a built-up cast-steel housing, inclosing all of its working parts. The axle is provided with a bevel-gear differential, which drives the axle driving shafts. The front axle is an I-beam forging. CONTROL DEVICES. Steering gear.—The steering gear is located on the left-hand side and is bolted to the main frame. It is of the worm and segment type, the segment being adjustable for wear by means of an eccentric bushing. The worm is attached to the lower end of the wheel shaft and engages with the segment fastened to the bearing stem. Since the worm and the segment engage one another, they are both caused to rotate by the action of the steering wheel and so to operate a steering arm, which is fastened to the squared end of the bearing stem. On the end of the steering arm there is bolted a steering-arm ball, which operates the drag link. The drag link connects with the left-side steering arm, which is affixed to the steering spindle. The left steering arm is connected with the right steering arm by means of a reach rod. This reach rod is supplied with adjusting means for aligning the wheels. Provision is made to absorb minor road shocks by the inclusion of springs at each end of the drag link on both sides of the ball joints. Control levers.—The gear-shifting lever is located immediately at the right of the driver. It has five positions in its supporting bracket—three on the right and two on the left side. Thus there is provision made for four speeds forward and one reverse. The lever is provided with a dog, which must be raised by depressing a button on the top of the lever before any speed can be changed or entered. The emergency-brake lever is set at the left of the driver. It is provided with a ratchet sector and a pawl, controlled by a spoon on the handle of the lever, 101 Foot control.—Three pedals constitute the foot control of the truck. The clutch and service brake pedals are located left to right of the steering column, respectively. The accelerator pedal is hinged to the bottom of the steering column, and is operated by being depressed by the driver's foot. Brakes.—A service brake is located on the rear wheels and is of the external contracting type, asbestos composition lined. It is operated • by the brake pedal. The emergency brakes are of the internal expanding type, metal lined, and operated by the emergency brake lever. The brake drums for both brakes are bolted to the hubs of both of the rear wheels. ,Springs.—The front springs are semielliptic and are pinned to the frame at the front ends. Their rear ends are attached to the frame by shackles. The rear springs are semielliptic, but are attached to the frame at both of their ends by shackles. Frame.—The frame is built of pressed steel channel section. It is composed of two parallel side members offset at their forward ends. The side members are held together by five cross members. A bumper is fastened to the front of the side members. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. TO START ENGINE. Place gear-shift lever in neutral position. Insert key in magneto switch and turn to right or left. Advance throttle-control lever about 2 inches forward from closed position. Advance spark-control lever halfway between full retard and full advance position. Turn compression release lever toward front of truck. Crank engine. Turn compression release lever toward rear of truck. TO START TRUCK. Release emergency brake. Depress clutch pedal. Shift change-gear lever from neutral to first and successively to the higher speeds as truck gains headway. To change from low to higher speeds: To first speed, notch on right, ahead of neutral ; to second speed, notch on right, back of neutral ; to third speed, notch on left, back of neutral; to fourth speed, notch on left, ahead of neutral. To change from high to low speeds, reverse the lever movements above given. To get into or out of reverse, to or from the forward notch on right. TO STOP TRUCK. Throw out clutch, depress foot brake. When truck stops shift gear lever to neutral. Throw in clutch. Set emergency brake. Turn magneto switch to off position. 102 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. Use first and second speeds for starting or when severe grades or road conditions demand it. Third speed is the direct drive and is used when running loaded. Fourth speed is used when running light on good roads at higher rates of speed. To increase speed, open throttle by gradually depressing foot lever. Advance spark lever when driving at higher speeds, also when using lower gears. Do not change from forward speed to reverse speed, or vise versa, until motion of truck is stopped. In driving, use clutch and brakes as little and as gently as possible. Control truck as far as possible by the throttle. Always open throttle gradually. When truck skids, close throttle ; if possible, do not apply brakes or declutch ; turn front wheels in direction toward which the rear wheels are sliding. ARTILLERY TRACTOR, 10-TON, MODEL 1917.1 TABLE OF WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS, AND OUTLINE SPECIFICATIONS. Over-all length (armored) inches__ 162 Over-all width do____ 84 Height (armored, to top of muffler) do 96 Length of ground contact do____ 96 Ground clearance (15.5 inches under lowest point of equalizer bar 9 inches under bottom of oil-tight dust guards). Weight, complete with full equipment pounds__ 21, 500 Ground pressure, pounds per square inch. Weight of each track pounds__ 2095. 5 Weight of each track shoe do____ 39 Length of track shoe center to center of pins inches__ 10 Width of track shoes do____ 13 or 15 Tread of tracks (center to center) do____ 61 Diameter of turning circle do____ 85 Road speed : Low speed at 600, 700, 800 revolutions per minute, miles per hour, 1.47, 1.171, 1.96. Direct speed at 600, 700, 800 revolutions per minute, miles per hour, 2.71, 3.16, 3.61. High speed at 600, 700, 800 revolutions per minute, miles per hour, 4.19, 4.89, 5.59. Reverse speed at 600, 700, 800 revolutions per minute, miles per hour, 1.09, 1.27, 1.45. Capacity of gasoline tank gallons__ 46 Capacity of auxiliary tank do____ 10 Capacity of tank engine do____ 6 Capacity of track oiler tank do____ 5. 5 Brake horsepower (600 revolutions per minute) horsepower__ 55 Brake horsepower (1.000 revolutions per minute) do 75 Drawbar horsepower (average) 35 to 45 Drawbar pull at 2 miles per hour pounds__ 8, 500 Drawbar pull at 6.92 miles per hour do____ 1, 900 Engine.—Four-cylinder, four-cycle, valve-in-head type. Bore, 6-1-• inches; stroke, 7 inches. Cylinders cast separately. Horsepower 55 at 600 revolutions per minute. Kadiator.—Tubular type. Separate brass headers. Ignition.—K. W., model R. K. or H. K. high-tension magneto with impulse starter. Carbureter.—Two-inch model E 4 Kingston carbureter with Stewart vacuum feed system. 'Additional information pertaining to this vehicle is given in the Ordnance Handbook, "Artillery Tractor, 10-ton, Model 1917." (103) 104 Governor.—Centrifugal fly-ball type ; drives from camshaft. Master clutch,.—Dry-plate multiple-disk type. Transmission. Selective sliding-gear type. Three speeds forward, one reverse. Direct speed on second. Drive.—Through steering-clutch shaft to spur pinions, which mesh with spur gears on main-drive shaft to drive sprockets. Steering clutches.—Two dry-plate multiple-disk type. Steering.—By means of bevel pinion and gear in transmission case through steering-clutch shaft to steering clutches. Control.—Steering column with crossbar and handles. Change gear, master-clutch release lever, and gear-shift lever left of steering column. Spark and throttle lever operates on sector clamped to steering column in front. Steering-clutch pedals right and left at bottom of and in front of steering column. Brakes.—One set. External contracting type. Raybestos lined. Operates on steering-clutch housings. Gasoline tank.—Galvanized-steel tank, 46 gallons capacity. Auxiliary galvanized-steel tank, 10 gallons capacity. Main frame.—Cast in one piece, open-hearth steel. Roller frame. Four pieces, steel channel, joined by roller-frame shaft. Two pieces right and left front. Two pieces right and left rear. Truck rollers.—Six on each side tractor, fitted with Hyatt roller bearings, turning on steel gudgeons, flanged to fit on track rail. Track.—Made up of track shoes with track links integral, fitted with space blocks and 11-inch pins. Track drive sprockets. .Two. Teeth mesh with space blocks in joints of tracks. Blank sprockets.—Two. Fitted with roller bearings; turn on steel gudgeons. Track-supporting rollers.—Five on each side of tractor mounted on brackets on front and rear roller-frame channels, and on spring bracket bolted to main frame. Springs.—Four double-coil springs, two on each side, bolted on rear roller frame sections. Equalizer bar.—Spring supported on front roller frame sections, GENERAL DESCRIPTION. [Plate XXXIII.] The 10-ton artillery tractor model of 1917 is a self-propelled road vehicle of the track-laying type; that is, the power is transmitted to the ground through a flexible, endless chain or track composed of steel links and shoes, cast integral, and connected by hardened steel pins instead of through the rear wheels, as in the usual type  PLATE XXXIII 105 of truck construction. The advantage of this type of tractor for military purposes lies in its ability, due to very low unit ground pressure, to negotiate very soft or uneven surfaces. The general design and construction of the 10-ton tractor does not differ materially from that of the modern motor truck except for the above-mentioned method of power transmission and that it is not designed to carry a load, but as a power vehicle to be employed in the motorization of Ordnance equipment. The various units or groups composing the 10-ton tractor are assembled on the main frame, a unit steel casting, rigidly reinforced, which not only supports the units or groups but holds them in the proper relation to each other. The main frame, with its assembled units, is supported on the track by means of a roller frame assembly on which it rests through the medium of an equalizing bar in front and springs in the rear. The power is developed by means of a power plant which consists of an internal combustion engine, using gasoline for fuel, suspended in the forward end of the main frame, a fuel supply system, an ignition system, lubrication system, and a cooling system. The power developed in the power plant is transmitted to the track drive sprocket, which drives the track through the medium of a power system, consisting, in order, of a master clutch controlling the application of power between the engine and the transmission; transmission, containing the gears by which the speed of the tractor is varied; the steering clutches controlling the application of power to either track; and the track drive sprocket and gears, which transmit the power from the steering clutches to the track. The track is an endless chain, consisting of steel links and shoes cast integral and connected by hardened-steel track pins. The track shoes are so designed that when assembled the links form a continuous double steel rail on which the truck wheels ride, and the shoes a wide bearing surface which rests on the ground and supports the weight of the tractor. Ordnance pintles are supplied at either end of the 10-ton tractor, the front pintle being secured to the main frame and the rear to the upper half of the transmission unit. A clevis is bolted to the main frame below the rear pintle. ENGINE AND ATTACHMENTS. The engine is a low-speed, 4-cylinder, 4-cycle, valve-in-head type, with a cylinder bore of 6.5 (6-D inches and a stroke of 7 inches. It is placed well forward on the main frame of the tractor. The power output of the engine at 000 revolui ions per minute is 55 horsepower. The timing gears which operate the cam shaft and magneto are inclosed at the front end. 106 LUBRICATION. Lubrication of the engine is maintained by a rotary gear pump driven by a spiral gear and shaft from the cam shaft. The pump is located in the reservoir in the bottom of the crank case and maintains an oil pressure to the main bearings of the crank shaft. The latter is drilled diagonally, so that oil is carried through the cranks from the main bearings to the connecting rod bearings. Oil which overflows at the ends of the connecting rod bearings is splashed by the connecting rod ends to lubricate the cylinder, pistons, wrist pins, and cam-shaft bearings. Timing gears are also oiled from the force-feed system by a check valve with a by-pass into the timing-gear housing, the overflow from the latter returning through a duct to the crank case and thence into the oil reservoir. COOLING. Cooling is accomplished by water circulation maintained by a centrifugal pump mounted on the main frame of the tractor and driven by the fan belt. The radiator is a built-up type of 28 sections, each of which contains five tubes. These sections are replaceable as units in case of damage to any tube. Air is circulated through the radiator by a fan inclosed in a shroud on the back of the radiator and is belt driven from a pulley on the front end of the crank shaft. The fan belt passes over the crank-shaft pulley, the fan pulley, and the pump pulley, and is kept in tension by a spring-retained idler. STARTING. Provision is made for cranking the engine from the driver's seat by means of a hand crank connected by chain and sprockets to a pinion, which is meshed with teeth cut in the flywheel rim by means of a Bendix type of starter drive. The hand starter shaft is threaded so that when the engine has started operation the gear which meshes with the flywheel will be thrown out of mesh with the latter. IGNITION. Ignition is obtained by a K. W. model H. K. or R. K. high-tension magneto, equipped with an impulse starter. The function of the latter is to give a hot spark with slow rotation of the crank shaft to provide easy starting. The magneto is driven by a lay shaft from the timing gears. Ignition wiring consists of four high-tension leads from the distributor parts of the magneto to the spark plugs. Ignition is cut off to stop the engine by means of an arrangement on the breaker box, so that when the spark lever on the steering clutch column is fully retarded the magneto is short circuited. 107 CARBURETION SYSTEM. Carburetion is by means of a 2-inch model E 4 Kingston car-bureter provided with a stove or air heater for intake air and with a centrifugal type of air cleaner. There is but one adjustment of the carbureter, that of the fuel needle valve, which, by controlling the quantity of gasoline, gives a thinner or richer mixture. Fuel is supplied to the carbureter from the main gasoline tank through a Stewart vacuum tank installed on cylinder No. 1. The main gasoline tank is galvanized steel with 46 gallons capacity. It is mounted on a bracket on the frame at the left of the driver's seat. The tank has two compartments, and a three-way shut-off valve per•-mits a reserve supply which is available after about three-quarters of the capacity of the tank has been used. An auxiliary gasoline tank of 10 gallons capacity for emergency is suspended from the roof of the armor inclosing the engine and can feed the carbureter by gravity independently of the main fuel system. MANIFOLDS. The intake and exhaust manifolds are held by the same bolts; an exhaust pipe projects vertically through the roof of the armor, terminating in a horizontal muffler, which is provided with a cut-out operated by control rod within reach of the driver. GOVERNOR. The speed of the engine is controlled by a. centrifugal fly-ball governor, driven from the cam shaft and automatically varying the throttle opening with the engine speed. Its control rod to the throttle, in turn, is connected to a small hand lever on the steering-clutch column. MASTER CLUTCH. The master clutch is of the dry-plate type, similar in principle to that of the ordinary motor car, and consists essentially of two disks which are driving members and three disks which are driven members, which are arranged alternately. The driving members are attached by screws to the clutch-retaining ring, which, in turn, is connected with the flywheel. The driven members are attached to the transmission shaft. Thus, when the clutch is engaged the driven members are brought in contact with the driving members and both revolve together, transmitting power from the engine to the transmission shaft, and'thence through universal jaw coupling to the transmission. A clutch brake is provided to arrest the motion of the clutch while shifting gear, and is operated by putting the clutch lever back from its forward position. 108 TRANSMISSION. The transmission assembly includes not only the change-speed gears, as in the conventional type, but also parts of the drive mechanism which in most constructions are embraced in the jack shaft and rear axle. The transmission assembly is immediately to the rear of the master clutch and under the seat assembly. Its case is made in two sections, the upper section containing all the change-speed gears. The,se are of the selective type, the set providing for three speeds forward and one reverse. Direct speed is on second or intermediate.. The change-speed gear set is located at the forward end of the upper half of the transmission case and includes gears on the main shaft which mesh with gears on the countershaft placed above the main shaft. An idler shaft also is provided, which carries the reverse gear. POWER-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM. It is in the transmission case that the design of the tractor begins its radical difference in principle from conventional motor mobile units. As in most conventional types the power of the engine is transmitted through a clutch here known as the master clutch, thence through a universal to the change-speed gearset ordinarily a unit in itself. In this application, however, the change-speed gear set comprises only a part of the mechanism within the transmission case. The main transmission shaft carries a bevel pinion, which meshes with a bevel gear of larger diameter mounted on a transverse shaft and known as the steering clutch shaft, either end of which extends outside of the transmission case, and carrying on either end the driving members of the steering clutch. Into contact with the driving plates of the steering clutch there may be brought by the operation of a lever the driven plates of the steering clutch. These are connected to a sleeve known as the steering-clutch housing, within which the steering clutch shaft is free to rotate when the clutch is not engaged. Upon the steering clutch housing is mounted the transmission steering clutch spur gear, which is within the transmission case. This pinion meshes with a larger gear known as the track drive sprocket gear, which is free to rotate upon a double set of Hyatt roller bearings, surrounding a fixed shaft known as the drive sprocket gear shaft. By means of a sleeve carried on the two roller bearings the drive sprocket gear is connected permanently to a pinion called the external spur pinion, which is also mounted on the drive sprocket gear .shaft through Hyatt roller bearings. This pinion meshes with a large gear called the external drive gear, which is connected to the driving sprocket, whose teeth engage the pins connecting the chain 109 links of the track and thus cause the track to be drawn around as any chain and sprocket. This driving sprocket is at the rear of the chain and the forward end is guided and kept in tension by means of a similar wheel without teeth known as the blank sprocket. The distance between the centers of the drive sprocket and blank sprocket is adjustable by means of a thrust rod, which can be lengthened the width of one link of the chain. This permits the tension to be relieved for replacement of links, and also permits the blank sprocket to be moved forward to keep the tread tight. ROLLER FRAME ASSEMBLY. The roller frame assembly consists of two side members known as roller frames on each side of the tractor, hinged together by a shaft called the roller frame shaft. The blank sprockets are mounted on the front roller frame to lay the track down in front of the truck rollers. To hold up the track between sprockets, track supporting rollers are mounted on brackets. These have plain metal bearings. Neither the drive sprocket nor the blank sprocket carry any of the weight of the tractor. The entire weight is carried by the roller-frame assembly which comprises .a set of front roller trucks and a set of rear roller trucks. These roller trucks are the same in principle as the trucks of a railroad car, and the rollers or wheels themselves are like the wheels of a railroad truck of a ‘few inches gauge. These bear on the inner side of the track which forms a continuous rail. The rear weight of the tractor is transmitted to the roller frame through double springs, two springs being located on each roller frame. The front weight of the- tractor is transferred to the front-roller frames through a transverse shaft known as an equalizer bar, which is spring mounted. TRACK ASSEMBLY. The track assembly consists of two sets of chains or tracks comprised of steel links connected by pins and space blocks ; two drive sprockets; two blank sprockets over which the tracks pass ; five track-supporting rollers on each side of the tractor; six truck rollers on each side of the tractor ; four sets of supporting springs, two on each side of the tractor; the truck-roller frame of heavy steel channel and the steel equalizer bar. STEERING. Steering of the tractor is accomplished by releasing the steering clutch on the side toward which the tractor is to turn. This is done 110 by a steering clutch column at the driver's seat with a crossbar with handles, called the steering clutch lever, and which, when turned in the direction of desired travel, releases the clutch on that side. BRAKES. To permit quicker turning, each steering clutch is equipped with an external contracting band brake, each brake being operated independently by a pedal. The pressure on the pedal contracts the brake on the steering clutch, which is released and decreases the radius of, turning. A hand brake is provided which depresses both steering clutch brakes at once, and thus holds the tractor stationary. CONTROL LEVERS. The tractor is provided with three main control levers. The master clutch lever operates on a sector whose front and rear ends are notched, and is provided with a pawl which locks the clutch in or out of engagement. The gear-shift lever operates in an H-shaped quadrant bolted to the transmission case. The emergency brake lever operates on a ratchet sector bolted in the supporting bracket of the steering column. On the steering column a small hand lever operates the throttle opening and another operates the spark advance. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, ARTILLERY TRACTOR. PRELIMINARY TO STARTING. Put gear lever in neutral. Set emergency brake. See that master clutch is disengaged. Trip ratchet catch lock on magneto to put impulse starter in motion. Advance spark lever one-eighth of its travel. Advance gasoline throttle one-fourth to one-half its travel. In cold weather prime engine. Rotate hand-cranking device. AFTER ENGINE IS STARTED. (a) Close release cocks. (b) See that the water pump is delivering water to radiator. (c) Advance the spark. (d) See that the fan is running properly. • (e) Determine if any slippage is occurring on pulley that drives the fan. (f) See that the gauge on the force-feed oiling systems is working. (g) Never allow the engine to operate on one or more missing cylinders. 111 TO START TRACTOR. Advance spark lever. Advance gas throttle. Engage low-speed gear. Engage master clutch at first slowly, then firmly. Gear changes. It is not intended that the gears of the 10-ton tractor be changed while the tractor is in motion. Due to the limited coasting abilities of the tractor, the weight of the master clutch and the size and type of gears used, changing of gears while the tractor is in motion is not to be attempted. To change the gears, stop the tractor by disengaging the master clutch. Engage the gear desired by placing the gear-shifter lever in the slot designating the speed. If for any reason the gears do not mesh easily it is not advisable to force them, but engage the master clutch slightly and try different teeth on the gears. TO REVERSE TRACTOR. Reduce engine speed, release master clutch, apply emergency brake. When tractor has stopped, engage reverse gear, release brake and • engage master clutch. Never engage reverse gear when truck is moving forward. TO STOP ENGINE TEMPORARILY. Close the throttle. Disengage the master clutch. Retard the spark to full back position. Close the valve controlling track oilers. Inspect oilers, bearings, and cooling system. TO STOP AT THE END OF A RUN. Close the throttle. Disengage the master clutch. Retard the spark to full back position. Close valves controlling track oilers. Close valve on fuel-supply line. Make careful inspection of whole tractor. In cold weather drain radiator, cylinders, and pump. GENERAL OPERATING INFORMATION. PLACING THE TRACTOR TN SERVICE. Regardless of the condition under which the tractor is received the first day of anyone charged with its care and operation is to give it a systematic and detailed inspection. 75312°-18-12 112 The initial inspection should cover all possible shortages of easily removable parts, including accessories and tools, such defects as loose parts and any damage that may have been caused in shipment, or at the hands of the previous operator, and any other conditions that would affect its proper operation. REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS. Such repairs and replacements as are necessary to the proper operation of the tractor must be given attention immediately. If permanent repairs can not be made at once, temporary repairs should be made and advantage taken of the first opportunity to make this permanent. GENERAL LUBRICATION. Just how long a tractor will give first-class service depends more upon proper lubrication than any other feature of its care. This is particularly true of a new tractor, and no precaution should be overlooked to make certain that every lubricated part has a full supply of lubricant. As a precautionary measure 10-ton tractors are shipped by the manufacturers fully lubricated with the exception of the track oiler and engine. However, when placing the tractor in service this fact should be completely ignored and every lubricated part given careful attention. FILL THE COOLING SYSTEM. Fill the radiator and water-circulating system with clean, soft water. Water containing lime and other impurities should not be used. Rain water is ideal for the purpose. If the temperature is below freezing (32° F.) proceed as outlined under cooling system. FILL THE FUEL TANKS. These tanks, two in number, are located one at the left of the operator's seat and one in the upper part of the engine armor. PREPARE THE LAMPS FOR SERVICE. Fill the side lamps (2) and the tail lamp with kerosene. Light and trim the wicks so that immediate service can be depended on, TO START MOTOR. Condition of motor.----It is assumed that the tractor is in condi- , tion to operate; that is, that the instructions outlined in the pre-. ceding ceding paragraphs on " Placing the tvaetor in service" have been complied with? aPd that all adjutmelits, are corrv.q 91: Pe,4137 so. 113 Preliminary steps.—Start the motor with the tractor in this condition, and before starting the engine it is essential to see that the master clutch is disengaged, that the gears are in neutral position, and that all tools and materials which might become entangled in moving parts have been removed from the tractor. It is also well to set the emergency brake at this time. Establishing lubricant film in cylinders.—If a motor has been inoperative for more than three days, especially after undergoing the conditions to which it would be subjected in shipment, it is necessary to remove the spare plugs and with aid of an oil can lubricate the cylinder walls. Turning the motor over by hand a few times distributes this lubricant, establishing a film between the piston rings and the cylinder walls and compression becomes effective. Turn on the fuel.—Move the lever of the three-way gasoline valve and strainer to " Reserve." This permits the flow of gasoline from the reserve tank under the armor to the carburetor. This facilitates starting, as, in order to start on the " supply " tanks, it should be nee-essary to prime the vacuum tank. Old model tractors are not provided with reserve tanks, and their vacuum tanks must therefore be primed when the engine is to be started on a wholly new supply of gasoline. Priming a cold motor.—If the motor is cold, or if it has been inoperative for some time, its starting will be greatly facilitated by priming the cylinders. Fill the priming cups with gasoline, then open them, allowing the gasoline to run the cylinders. Close the priming cups as soon as they are empty. Overpriming is very detrimental to a motor and should not be permitted. Only a small amount of liquid gasoline is necessary to furnish the proper explosive mixture and no more should be used. Overpriming will destroy the lubricant film between the piston rings and the cylinder walls, and in turn the compression in the cylinders. It also increases the deposit of carbon under the upper piston ring, which in time will cause cylinder scoring, due to the lack of motion of the piston ring in its slot. Retard the spark.—Move the spark-control lever from full retard position to a position about one-eighth of the range of the quadrant. Advance to hand throttle lever.—Advance to a position about one-fourth of the full quadrant. Trip impulse starter.—Do this by pressing down on back end of the ratchet catch lock, releasing ratchet catch and bringing starter into operating position. Crank the motor.—Use the hand starter. To get the best results -from the hand starter turn the crank until the starter gear meshes with the teeth on the rim of the flywheel. Turn slowly until on a compression stroke and then give the flywheel a quick flip or pull 114 past center. There should be no occasion for continued cranking of a motor. A motor that has been idle for a long period of time or a cold motor necessitates a certain number of revolutions before the various related units, such as the oiling system, carbureter, etc., will function properly, but after this no difficulty should be experienced. If the motor does not start readily after a reasonable number of turns of the starting crank, look for the reason and correct the difficulty instead of attempting to make the motor start by continued cranking. If the motor fails to start.—Failure of a motor to start can generally be traced to three reasons—namely, ignition, carburetion, and lubrication. A short systematic search will reveal which system is st fault, and as a rule the remedies are simple. Two essentials are necessary before a motor will run, or even start—fuel and ignition. I f. fuel reaches the cylinders in the form of a vapor mixed with a certain proportion of air, although not the correct proportion to produce power, and a spark occurs some result would be noticeable even though it was but a single weak explosion. If no explosion occurs, even after priming which insures an explosive mixture in the cylinders, it can be reasonably assured that the ignition is at fault. This trouble can generally be traced to the following causes : 1. Magneto excessively retarded causing arm on circuit breaker box to short circuit primary circuit. 2. Breaker points out of adjustment. 3. Breaker or distributor over-lubricated. 4. Open circuit, broken or disconnected wires. If one or more explosions occur and then the motor stops it proves that the ignition system is functioning, and that the fuel is either not reaching the cylinders or has not the proper proportion of air. (The explosions were due to the fuel supplied in priming.) 1. Lack of gasoline—empty tanks or clogged supply lines. 2. Carburetion out of adjustment. 3. Water in gasoline. Lack of proper lubrication.—This will not necessarily make a motor difficult to start as long as the required lubrication film has been established between the piston rings and the cylinder walls. This film makes the necessary compression possible. WHAT TO DO WHEN THE MOTOR STARTS. Close the release cocks.—As soon as possible after the engine starts close the release cocks. Advance the spark.—Advance the spark lever to a position about halfway up on the quadrant. This is the correct position for all ordinary driving. 115 Adjust the motor speed.—Place the hand-throttle lever in such a position that the motor will idle at a low speed. In cold weather the motor should be allowed to run at a rather high rate of speed. until warm. Examine water circulation. See that the water is cir-,Mating freely. Fill the cooling system to overflowing. Examine fan belt.—See that the fan belt has the proper tension and is not slipping. If the motor runs irregularly (mi,sses).—Such a condition must, not be neglected; the difficulty should be located and remedied immediately. The trouble can, as a rule, be traced to a comparatively few causes, easily determined and remedied. Faulty ignition (missing).—Is confined to one or two cylinders in the majority of cases and is due to faulty ignition. The cylinders affected can be located by shorting across the top of the spark plugs to the cylinder with a wooden-handled screw, driver. Examine the ignition system for broken cables or loose connections and defective spark plugs. Remove the spark plugs from the missing cylinder, inspect for dirt and adjustment of the points. The points should be twenty-five one-thousandths of an inch apart, or, roughly, not less than one sixty-fourth of an inch and not more than one thirty-second of an inch. If this does not remedy the condition remove the distributor head from the magneto and clean contacts. Faulty earburetion).—Missing that is more of less irregular, or that is not confined to any particular cylinder or cylinders, can generally be traced to faulty carburetion. This may be due to the adjustment of the carburetor, but the chances are that the difficulty will be found elsewhere, so under no condition should the adjustment of the carburetor be changed until absolutely certain that it is necessary. Open the pet cocks at the base of the carburetor, vacuum tank, and three-way valve, and drain any water or sediment that may be lodged in these drains. Adjustment of the carburetor should not be attempted until all other conditions have been investigated and it is certain that it is out. Other causes—sticking, leaky, or improperly adjusted valves, poor compression, leaky manifolds will cause a motor to miss. If the motor starts but stop after a feiv explosions.—It is obvious that the ignition is not at fault and that the difficulty is due to either lack of fuel or failure of the fuel-supply system to furnish the proper kind of mixture. After the motor has been running not less than five minutes, turn the lever of the three-way gasoline valve and strainer to " seep " or supply. By this time the suction caused by the running motor has filled the vacuum tank, making it possible for the fuel from the rear tanks to reach the carburetor. 116 Gear.—Select the gear to be used—low, direct, or high—and through the medium of the gear-shifting lever engage the gear selected. Starting and running is done without a change of gears ; in fact, the gears can not be changed when the tractor is in motion. Clutch.—Move the master-clutch hand lever gently forward until the load is taken up and the tractor is in motion, then push it forward- firmly and without jerking. Position of an operator.—It is the duty of an operator to remain in his seat at all times when a tractor is in motion. The tendency to jump off momentarily for any reason whatsoever should not be tolerated. Steering.—Steering is accomplished from the operator's seat, through the medium of a steering-clutch hand lever operating the steering clutches located on *either side of the transmission unit. These steering clutches control the power transmitted to either track through the track drive sprocket and gears. If it is desired to turn in a certain direction, the steering-clutch hand lever is turned in the direction it is desired to go, which releases the steering clutch on that side and the tractor will. turn gradually in the direction toward the released steering clutch, due to the inertia of the track relieved of its power. If a, short turn is desired it is necessary to increase the resistance of the track on the side toward the objective. This is accomplished through the medium of a brake operating on the drum of each steering clutch and controlled by two brake foot pedals on either side of the base of the steering column. The radius of a turning circle decreases in accordance with the amount of resistance thrown into the released track. If the motion of the track is stopped it acts as a pivot on which the driven track turns. With a load the effect of disengaging a steering clutch, is more pronounced. Except for sharp right-angle turns the use of the brakes is not necessary. Changing the gears.—It is not intended that the gears of the 10-ton tractor be changed while the tractor is in motion. Due to the limited coasting abilities of the tractor, the weight of the master clutch, and the size and type of the gears used, changing of gears while the tractor is in motion is not to be attempted. To change .the gears.—Stop the tractor by disengaging the master clutch. Engage the gear desired by placing the gear shifter lever in the slot designating the speed. If for any reason the gears do not mesh easily it is not advisable to force them, but engage the master clutch slightly and try different teeth on the gears. Brakes.—The brake bands operating on the steering clutch drums are used not only to facilitate steering but to retard the motion of the tractor or hold it in position. To facilitate steering, these brakes may be applied independently with the foot pedals. If it is desired 117 to retard the motion of the tractor or to hold it in position, both foot pedals or the brake hand lever may be used. The brake hand lever is equipped with a ratchet. Driving suggestions.—While driving a constant watch must be kept on the oil pressure, oil level, and water temperature. A full supply of lubricant should be kept in the reservior at all times, and any reduction in oil pressure should be given immediate attention. Any unusual noise in the operation of the tractor should be immediately investigated. A great amount of trouble can be avoided by giving attention to any symptoms as soon as they become evident, as the remedy at that time is generally simple. TO STOP THE TRACTOR TEMPORARILY. Turn off the track oil.—Track oil should be used only when the tractor is in motion. Disengage the master clutch by pulling the master clutch as far to the rear as possible. Motor speed.—Reduce the speed of the motor by moving the hand throttle lever toward " Retard " until the motor runs at a slow, even speed. To stop the motor.—Move the magneto kick switch to the " Off " position. This short-circuits the magneto and stops the motor, due to lack of ignition. Disengage the gears.--Disengage the gears in mesh by moving the gear-shifter lever to the neutral position. STOPPING THE TRACTOR AT THE END OF A RUN. To stop the tractor.—Proceed as outlined in the preceding paragraph. Inspection.—At the end of each run the tractor should be given a general inspection covering all loose or damaged parts, any defects that interfere with the proper operation of the tractor, any shortages of parts or materials, any conditions that might interfere with the proper functioning of any part. Cleaning.—Such facilities as may be available to clean the tractor should be taken advantage of. No opportunity should be overlooked to keep the delicate or working part free from any accumulation of dirt and grit as this quickly finds its way into bearing surfaces and soon impairs the dependability and efficiency of the tractor. Fuel and lubricant.—The supply of fuel and lubricant in all containers should be replenished and the tractor otherwise made ready for immediate service. After the tractor is ready for further serv- 118 ice it should be covered with the tarpaulin from the driver's seat as a protection against the elements. Keeping the tractor clearb.—Grit, dirt, and mud are the sources of greatest wear to an artillery tractor. All such deposits should be removed as well as facilities permit immediately after every run. If deposits of dirt and grit are allowed to accumulate, particles will soon find their way into bearing surfaces, causing unnecessary wear, and if the condition is not remedied it will soon cause serious difficulty. When removing crank-case hand-hold covers, or any other part in making repairs and replacements, or for the purpose of inspec-tionl where working joints or bearing surfaces are to be exposed, all dirt and grit that might find its way to the exposed surfaces should be carefully removed. The tools used must be clean, and care must always be taken to eliminate the possibility of brushing dirt or grit into the openings with the sleeve. To cut oil-soaked dirt and grit, hardened grit, or road oil, use crude oil or kerosene applied with a waste rag. The 10-ton artillery tractor is so designed .that the possibility of interfering with its proper operation by careless application of cleaning water is very small. However, care should be taken that water in large quantities does not get under the armor, as it might interfere with proper ignition and carburetion. Water should not be allowed to .stand on exposed metal parts as it will cause rust. Such exposed parts should be painted as soon as conditions permit. PLATE XXXIV AMMUNITION BODY, 2-TON TRUCK CHASSIS, NASH, MODEL 4017-L 1917. REAR VIEW.  AMMUNITION BODY, 3-TON TRUCK CHASSIS, F. W. D., MODEL B-1917. LEFT-SIDE VIEW. PLATE41_10,XXV AMMUNITION TRUCK BODY, MODEL 1918.1 (Plates XXXIV and XXXV.) The ammunition-truck body is mounted on either the 3-ton truck chassis, F. W. D., Model B, 1917, or the 2-ton truck chassis, Nash, Model 4017—A, 1917, or 4017-4 1917. GENERAL WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS. Weight of body pounds__ 1, 200 Over-all length of body inches__ 120 Over-all width of body do____ 56 Over-all height of body do____ 54 Width of floor (inside) do____ 43 Length of floor (inside) do____ 114 Height of sides (inside) 36 DESCRIPTION. The ammunition-truck b3kly. model 1918, consists of a box type steel body opening only at its rear end. The body is designed to accommodate original packing cases of any type of ammunition. When this vehicle is used near the front line all four sides and its floor are lined with detachable heavy cocoa matting, to prevent undue noise. A tarpaulin cover attaches to the body, and so protects its contents. 1 Additional information pertaining to this body is given in the Ordnance Handbook, "Artillery Supply Body, Model of 1918." (119) TANK TRUCK BODY, MODEL 1918. The tank-truck body is mounted on either the 3-ton truck chassis, F. W. D., Model B, 1917, or the 2-ton truck chassis, Nash, Model 4017—A, 1917, or 40174,, 1917. The tank-truck body is identical with the ammunition-truck body in every detail. (120) . PLATE XXXVI ARTILLERY SUPPLY BODY, 3-TON TRUCK CHASSIS, F. W. D., MODEL B-191.7. ARTILLERY SUPPLY BODY, MODEL 1918.1 (WITH LOADS A AND E.) [Plate XXXVI.] The artillery supply truck body is mounted on either a 3-ton truck chassis, F. W. D., Model B 1917, or on a 2-ton truck chassis, Nash, model 4017 A 1917. Description of the body only is detailed here. (For details of chassis and chassis equipment, see description of 3-ton truck chassis, F. W. D., ,Model B 1917, and 2-ton truck chassis, Nash, Models 4017 A L 1917.) TABLE OF WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS. Weight of body pounds__ 1,2Ô0 Over-all length of body inches__ 122 Over-alt width of body do____ 55. 5 Height of body do____ 51 DESCRIPTION. The artillery supply body is made of steel and has drop sides. These, when lowered, are kept level with the floor of the truck by chains and can be used as work benches. A large bench chest (an integral part of the body) is provided at the rear of the truck. It is used for the storage and carriage of small chests such as the grindstone, carpenter's chest, etc. - Entrance to the bench chest is secured by means of a door at its rear. A floor locker for the carriage of sundry small supplies is provided. Means for the convenient carriage of three spare artillery wheels is also furnished ; two fasten to the sides of the truck and one lies on the floor. Over this wheel there is placed a supporting frame for supply chests. Two of the three artillery supply trucks furnished a 155 mm. gun battery (Filloux), are loaded with three supply chests and one spring chest, in which tools, accessories, and spare parts pertinent to the special requirements of the battery are carried, as well as an adequate supply of heavy spare parts for motorized vehicle maintenance, and an assortment of bulk supplies, such as big cans of grease and drums of oil. This manner of load is designated as load E in the tables which follow. 1 Additional information pertaining to this body is given in the Ordnance Handbook, "Artillery Supply Body, Model 1918." (121) 122 The load of the third artillery supply truck is substantially different from that of the two first mentioned. It consists of but two supply chests—one containing spare parts for 155 mm. guns, gun carriages, and limbers; the ether an assortment of sundry leather supplies, and a spare magneto for the truck chassis. In the bench chest of the body there is stored a number of small chests. This load is designated as load A in the tables which follow. A canvas cover is furnished to protect the contents of this truck when it is arranged for traveling. FIRE-CONTROL EQUIPMENT, ARMY ARTILLERY. ORDNANCE PROPERTY. Material: Prismatic compass Hand clinometer Stop watches Periscope azimuth instruments Azimuth instruments, ordinary drawing material Set drawing instruments Scale equal parts metric Semicircular protractor (6-inch) graduated in mils Metral arms 1 meter long, graduated 1 to 20,000. Range and deflection board Range tables B. C. telescopes, model 1915 Number per battery. 1 4 6 2 2 1 1 1 3 1 12 1 ENGINEER PROPERTY. 30-meter steel tapes Stadia rod Ranging rods Plane table, 0.24 by 31, with declinator, open sight, and telescope alidade Logarithmic tables, angular function mils Transit SIGNAL CORPS PROPERTY. 2 1 4 1 6 1 140 9 40 2 9 24 5 15 10 4 1 8 1 2 2 1 1 4 1 2 1 16 100 23 220 640 8 5 5 Amplifiers, type 3, Ter., complete with 3-4 volt and 2-40 volt storage batterics Axes, hand Bags, tools, service Bars, digging, standard Batteries, extra, tungsten, type A Batteries, extra, Everready, No. 703 Batteries, extra, Fda. T. M., signal lamps Bells, vibrating, 110 chm., 15-volt Belts? lineman's, with safety strap Binding posts Books, field message Bulbs, extra, for flashlights Cable, 1 pair lead km Carts, reel, hand Climbers, pairs, with straps Barometer, graduated, millimeters and inches Crossarms, 1 m by 10 cm by 5 cm Flashlights, electric, complete Fuses, extra, ampere, for 4 and 12 line boards Glasses, field, II net 8-power Grips, Buffalo No. 2 J lammors, sledge Hydrometer, Attune Insulators, clamp Insulators, pigtail Insulators, pony Insulators, wooden knob, French type, 2.5 cm., high with nails Insulators, wooden knob, French type, 4.5 cm., with nails Knives, electricians Lamps, signaling, type T. M., French larlin (pounds). 123 Fire-control equipment, Army artillery—Continued. SIGNAL CORPS PROPERTY—Continued. DIVISIONAL ARTILLERY. ORDNANCE PROPERTY. Material. Number per battery. Pliers, wire-cutting, 8-inch Megaphones . Nails, 10 cm., long, kg Panels for heavy artillery, diamond-shaped, adjacent angles 135° and 45', each side 9 meters long, white. Panels for heavy artillery, diamond-shaped, adjacent angles 135° and 45°, each side 9 meters long, black Panels for heavy artillery, diamond-shaped, adjacent angles 135° and 45°, each side 3 meters long, white. Panels for heavy artillery, diamond-shaped, adjacent angles 135° and 45°, each side 3 meters long, black Panels, heavy artillery, rectangular, 9 m. by 3 m., 10 cm. diameter (Sapinottes), white Panels, heavy artillery, rectangular, 9 m. by 3 m., 10 cm. diameter (Sapinottes), black Poles, lance Projectors, 14 cm. (packed 3 in cases, with batteries), case Pulley blocks, double WE ., No. 760,330. Receiving sets, type A, complete Reels, breast, French type Rope, 15 mm. diameter, meters Screwdrivers, 6-inch Screws, lag, 10 min. by 10 cm. (for crossarms) Screws, wood, 5 mm. by 50 mm., gross Spoons, digging Staples, insulated blake Switchboard, telephone, 4-line, monotype Switchboard, telephone, 12-line, monotype Tape, friction, pounds Tape, rubber, pounds Telephones, model 1375-B Watches, wrist, luminous, with wristlet . Wire, G. I., for guys No. 12 km Wire, twisted, pair, outpost, km Thermometers, graduated, centigrade, Fahrenheit Poles, 2.3 to 2.5 m. long, 10 cm. diameter (Sapinotte) 8 1 2 1 1 3 3 3 3 100 1 2 1 1 35 4 300 2 1 400 2 1 3 2 12 5 1 8 2 250 Number per battery. 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 B. C. telescope, model of 1915 B. C. telescope tripod B. C. telescope case B. C. telescope tripod case Aiming circle Aiming circle lighting device Aiming circle tripod Aiming circle tripod case Aiming circle case Observation telescope monocular Observation telescope monocular tripod Observation telescope monocular tripod case Observation telescope monocular case B. C. periscope, model of 1918 Periscope, 6-power, No. 14, British Periscope case Periscope tripod Periscope tripod case 1-meter base range finder 1-meter base range finder case 1-meter base range finder tripod 1-meter base range finder tripod case Sitogniometer Sitogniometer case Observation circle, with field glass support Observation circle case Observation circle tripod Observation circle tripod case Prismatic compass Prismatic corn pass ease Prismatic compass tripod Prismatic compass tripod case Firing board, 50 by. 76 cm Ruler, (60 ctn., graduated) Material. 124 Divisional artillery—Continued. ORDNANCE PROPERTY—Continued. Alidade, brass, open-sight, leveling. . Abney clinometer Clinometer, telescopic, with slide rule. Plane table, 18 by 24 Plane table tripod attachment.... Plane table fiber ease. Plane table waterproof cover Plane table, 16 by 16 Plane table tripod. attachment. . Plane table fiber case Plane table water proof cover Tripod, extension leg, Gurley movement Tripod case Tripod, extension leg, Johnson movement Tripod case Declinator, with 2 clamp screws Drawing instruments, set Stadia rod, 10-foot, folding Plumb line Scales, plotting, „,k, and millimeters Steel arrow (tally pins, 10in a set) Glass, magnifying, pocket Chest for topographic equipment Protractor, xylonite , rectangular Compass, watch Compass, marching Boards, sketching, with extension tripod... Ruler, boxwood, triangular, 8-inch Tally machine Clinometer reconnoissance Celluloid sheets Material. Number per battery. Protractor (semicircular, in mils) Squares, zinc B. C. rulers, wooden, with string Strings, extra for B. C. rulers. Steel tape, 30-meter Slide rule, model of 1917 (for solution of triangles) Time-intervalrecorders Time-intervalrecorder chain Time-intervalrecorder shock absorber Flash lights, with hoods Flash lights, without hoods Lighting device for aiming posts Lighting device for sights Aiming posts Rocket board Jacob's staff and field glass support Zinc sheets, 50 by 76 cm., for maps Protractor (semi-ircular) Dry cells, No. 6 (extra for lighting device) Pick mattock and carrier Dry-cell batteries, extra for flashlights 2 2 10 8 1 1 3 3 3 5 16 8 8 12 2 3 43 16 2 30 SIGNAL CORPS PROPERTY. Batteries, "Everready No. 703," extra Cart, wire, hand Cases, battery Climbers with straps (pairs) Clips, testing Fuses, 1 ampere for 4, 7, 12 line boards • Field glasses, Huet 6-power Headsets, telephone Insulators, wooden knob Flag kits, combination standard Inspector's pocket kits Megaphones Nails for insulators Pliers, side-cutting, 8-inch Projectors,14 cm., 3 in case, complete with batteries and cases Tape, friction pounds Telephones,Western Electric Wire, outpost, twisted, pairs, km Switchboards, telephone, 4-line monotype Thermometer, centigrade and Fahrenheit ENGINEER PROPERTY. 6 1 1 1 8 24 8 4 100 12 3 2 100 2 1 3 6 8 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 3 1 1 1 20 10 1 1 1 1 12 125 Divisional artillery—Continued. ENGINE ER PRO PE RY—Continued. The fire-control equipment (as listed) is carried in compartments provided for the purpose on the telephone truck and reel truck, model of 1918. The trucks form part of the equipment, and, together with the fire-control instruments for battery and headquarters company, are described and illustrated in Ordnance Office pamphlet, Form No. 1796, " Handbook of Fire-Control Equipment for Field Artillery." The equipment issued to the headquarters company of a regiment of field artillery is listed in Form No. 1796. A complete detailed description of the method of disassembling and adjusting the different instruments is given in Ordnance Office Pamphlet No. 1795, " Instructions for the Care, Preservation, Repair, and Adjustment of Instruments for the Fire-Control Systems for Coast and Field Artillery." No disassembling of instruments except as prescribed will be permitted. The disassembling of instruments allowed herein must be done only in the presence of a commissioned officer. Disassembling as permitted in pamphlet 1795 must be done only by officers or employees of the Ordnance Department. REEL TRUCK. The reel truck, model of 1918, consists of two chests and a wire drum mounted on a Nash or a F. W. D. chassis. The drum carries 8 miles of wire and is driven through the drum transmission by a chain and sprocket connection with the engine shaft. The chests on this truck are fitted with packing for carrying part of the fire-control equipment. TELEPHONE TRUCK. The telephone, truck is an ammunition truck fitted with matting. It is used for carrying the fire-control equipment, for which no space is provided in the chests of the reel truck. Material. Number per battery, Eraser, drawing, rubber Holders for timing pads Thumb tacks, box Pencils, drawing Pads, timing Pencils, colored, assorted Protractors, pencil point Knife, steel, eraser Tape, adhesive, rolls Sandpaper pads Paper, drawing, single 24 by 5 yards, roll, in Japan tube Chest for sketching equipment Alidade, boxwood, open-sight Plane table, 24 by 31 inch Tripod attachment Plane table waterproof cover Plane table fiber case 2 1 1 12 4 12 4 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 126 NOMENCLATURE OF PARTS OF QUADRANT SIGHT, MODEL OF 191S (SCHNEIDER). (Plate XXIX.) Reference No. Name of part. Reference No. Name of part. 1 Bracket for 155 mm. ho—itzei carriage, 31 Alignment spring compressor. model of 1918 (Schneider). 32 Antibacklash pinion shaft. 2 Bracket for 155 mm. gun carriage, model 33 Pinion shaft spring. of 1918 (Filloux). 34 Pinion shaft nut. 3 Bracket bolt. 35 Elevating worm bearing. 4 Body. 36 Elevating handl\ heel. 5 Leveling worm. 37 Elevating worm bushing. 6 Leveling worm washer. 38 Elevating worm plunger. 7 Leveling worm nut. 39 Elevating worm spring. 8 Leveling stop. 40 Elevating eccentric bearing. 9 Antibacklash spring. 41 Eccentric stop. 10 Spring adjuster. 42 Eccentric spring case. 11 Bracket cap. 43 Eccentric springs. 12 Spring adjuster lock screw. 44 Eccentric spring guide. 13 Leveling clamp. 45 Elevating scale. 14 Leveling clamp nut. 46 Angle of site worm housing. 15 Crosslevel holder. 47 Angle of site pointer. 16 Cross level holder screw. 48 Outer clearance spring. 17 Cross level vial. 49 Angle of site pointer spindle. 18 Cross level caps. 50 Clearance spring guide. 19 Sight shank. 51 Pointer spindle bearing. 20 Antibacklash pinion. 52 Inner clearance spring. 21 Elevating worm wheel. 53 Angle of site worm. 22 Elevating scale drum. 54 Angle of site worm spring. 23 Elevating worm. 55 Angle of site worm spring v-ashcr. 24 Elevating eccentric. 56 Micrometer drum (front). 25 Scale drum housing. 57 Micrometer drum bearing. 26 Clamp screw. 58 Micrometer drum clamp (front). 27 Ratchet. 59 Micrometer drum (rear). 28 Body cover. 60 Micrometer drum clamp (rear). 29 Alignment thimble. 61 Elevation level vial. • 30 Alignment spring. 62 Elevation level cup. 0 v m SIGHTS. The following sighting equipment is carried with the 155-mm. gun materiel, model of 1918 (Filloux) : Quadrant sight, model of 1918 (Schneider). Panoramic sight, model of 1917. Peep sight. Sight extension. Night lights for sights. THE QUADRANT SIGHTS. [Plate XXXVIL] The quadrant sight, model of 1918 (Schneider), is mounted on the left trunnion of the carriage (see Pl. XXIV) both in traveling and when in action and should not be removed by the battery mechanic. The principal features of the sight are the cross leveling mechanism, the elevating mechanism, and the angle of site mechanism. THE LEVELING MECHANISM. The bracket fits on the left trunnion of the carriage and is provided with a dowel pin, which passes through a hole in the bracket fi lid into a hole in the trunnion, thus aligning the holes for the securing screws. The bracket is held in place by three screws. The front end of the body fits into the cylindrical part of the bracket and is held in place longitudinally by four lugs, which engage similar lugs on the inside of the bracket. The body may be rotated by the leveling worm, which passes through the brack-et and is held in place by the leveling worm washer and nut. The worm engages a worm-wheel segment, cut on the underside of the body. The outer end of the worm is provided with a knurled handle, by means of which the leveling mechanism is operated. The leveling stop is screwed into the bracket and engages in an elongated slot in the body, limiting the angular motion of the body in either direction. The leveling stop is locked in place by the lock screw. The backlash is eliminated from the leveling worm by means of the antibacklash spring, a helical tortion spring placed inside of the cylindrical part of the body, one end bearing on the body and the other on the spring adjuster. The latter passes through the bracket cap and is provided on the outer end with a square for receiving a wrench. The bracket ca p is screwed in place and closes the (127) 128 front end of the bracket. After assembling, the spring adjuster is turned in a counterclockwise direction until the proper tension on the spring is obtained. It is then locked in place with two spring adjuster lock screws. The rear end of the cylindrical part of the bracket is split and provided with a leveling clamp, by means of which the body may be locked in position after it has been leveled. The leveling clamp is fitted with a leveling clamp nut, which prevents it from being screwed out of its socket. The cross level is located on the rear edge of the sight shank, and serves to assist the gunner in determining the level position of the instrument. One edge of the cross level holder is so formed that it fits into a T slot, cut on the arc of a circle in the back of the shank, and is locked in place by the cross level holder set screw. The level vial is a glass tube closed at both ends and partially filled with a liquid consisting of 40 per cent alcohol and 60 per cent ether, a small bubble, remaining, in the tube. Graduations, are etched on the circumference of the tube to indicate the central position of the bubble. The vial is held in a level vial tube, the end. being wrapped in paper and set in plaster of Paris. A portion of tne tube is cut away to expose the graduated portion of the vial. The tube and the vail are seated in the cross level holder, and prevented from, rotating by a small lug on the bottom of the tube, which engages a slot in the right end of the. holder. The knurled cross lever cover fits over the holder, and together with the level vial tube are held in place by the cross level caps, which close the ends of the holder. The ends of the level cover are split for a short distance, forming springs which engage in slots in the holder and hold the cover in. either of its two positions. When closed the cover serves as a protection for the vial. ELEVATING MECHANISM. The elevating mechanism consists principally of a sight shank, antibacklash pinion, elevating worm wheel, elevating scale drum, elevating worm, elevating worm eccentric, and scale-drum housing. The sight shank is a curved bar, the upper end of which is provided with a T slot for receiving the shank of the panoramic sight. A clamp screw passes through the front of the shank and bears on the T-shaped portion of the panoramic sight shank to hold it rigidly in place. A ratchet is pinned to the outer end of the clamp screw, which serves as a handwheel for adjusting the clamp screw. The ratchet teeth are cut on the underside of the ratchet and engage the knife edge of the ratchet detent. The latter fits into a socket in the shank and is pushed against the ratchet by time detent spring. The detent is prevented 110111 rotating by a steel pin, which is driven into the shank and engages a slot in the detent. The knurled detent 129 cap is screwed to the detent and serves to push in the latter when it is desired to operate the ratchet. The lower curved part of the shank is formed into an annular rack, which passes through the body and is held in place by the body cover. The latter is attached to the body by six screws. Lateral play in the shank is eliminated by two alignment thimbles, seated in the body cover, which bear against the shank. The alignment thimbles are acted upon by the alignment springs, which are kept in compression by the alignment spring compressors, the latter being screwed into the body cover. The shank is actuated by a pinion cut on the back of and made integral with the elevating worm wheel. The latter is mounted in a bearing in the body of the sight and backlash is eliminated of the pinion by the antibacklash pinion. This pinion fits inside of the hub of the elevating worm wheel, its motion being limited by a dowel screw, which is screwed into the hub of the worm wheel. The anti-backlash pinion shaft screws into the hub of the worm wheel and is locked with a small set screw. The shaft is provided with spiral ribs, which engage in grooves cut on the inside of the hub of the anti-backlash pinion. The latter is pushed out by the pinion-shaft spring, tending to turn it in a clockwise direction. The pinion shaft passes through the body cover and is fitted with the pinion-shaft nut, which is locked with a small set screw. The elevating worm wheel is operated by the elevating worm, the shaft of which passes through the elevating worm bearing and is fitted with the elevating handwheel. The handwheel is locked in place with a set screw and serves to operate the elevating worm. The elevating worm bushing is seated in the elevating worm eccentric and prevented from turning by a lug which engages a keyway in the eccentric. The elevating worm eccentric passes through the body of the sight and is held in place longitudinally by the elevating worm bearing, which screws into the body and is held by a set screw. The front end of the elevating worm is bored out to receive the elevating worm plunger. The plunger is acted upon by the elevating worm spring, which forces the plunger against the elevating worm eccentric and keeps the worm always bearing upon the teeth of the worm wheel, eliminating backlash. The front end of the elevating worm eccentric pisses through the eccentric bearing, which is screwed into the body and locked in place by two set screws. The eccentric stop passes through the eccentric bearing and engages the slot in the eccentric, limiting the angular motion of the latter. The eccentric spring case fits on the square at the front end of the elevating worm eccentric and is locked in place by a set screw. Inside of the eccentric spring case are two eccentric springs, one of which bears against a rib in the spring case and the eccentric spring guide; the other bears 130 against the spring guide and a portion of the eccentric bearing which projects into the spring case. By turning the eccentric spring case in a clockwise direction, as seen from the front end of the sight, the elevating worm eccentric can be rotated through 120°, throwing the elevating worm out of mesh with the worm wheel. The sight can then be rapidly adjusted through a large angle• of elevation. When the eccentric spring case is released, the eccentric spring returns the worm to its former position in mesh with the worm wheel. The elevation scale drum is attached to the elevating worm wheel by six screws, and carries on its circumference two elevation, scales, graduated in equal divisions, each representing 1 mil. The outer scale is graduated for elevations from 0° to 45°. The inner scale, graduated for elevations from 45° to 65°, is not used with this carriage. The elevation scale drum housing is provided with an opening on its circumference, through which the elevation scales are visible. ANGLE OF SIGHT MECHANISM. The angle of site worm housing is riveted to the left side of the sight shank, just above the rack, and forms a bearing for the angle of site pointer, on the back of which a worm wheel is cut. The outer clearance spring is a helical torsion spring, one end of which engages a hole in the pointer, the other a similar hole in the worm housing. The tension of the spring tends to turn the pointer in a clockwise direction and keeps the teeth of the worm, bearing against the angle of site worm, eliminating back lash. The angle of site pointer spindle passes through the clearance spring guide and screws into the pointer spindle bearing. The inner clearance spring fits inside of the clearance spring guide and is kept in compression by the angle of site spindle. A German-silver angle of site index is riveted to the pointer and moves along a scale engraved in the top edge of the worm housing. This scale is graduated in equal divisions, each representing 100 mis. The figure 3 (300 mls.) is the dead-level position. The angle of the worm passes through the angle of site worm housing, and is held in place by a nut, under which the angle of site worm spring and the angle of site worm washer are placed. A split pin prevents the mit from turning. The front micrometer drum, a German-silver band which is not graduated, slips over the micrometer drum bearing, which fits on the front end of the angle of site worm and is held in place by a nut. The micrometer drum bearing is crrooved in such a manner that when the front micrometer drum t-, clamp is screwed into it the former is expanded inside of the micrometer drum, thus holding the drum in place. A headless set screw 131 passes through the micrOmeter drum bearing and engages in notches on the circumference of the micrometer drum clamp, locking it in position after it has. been adjusted. The rear end of the angle of site worm is made similar to the micrometer drum bearing. The rear micrometer drum is slipped over this portion of the worm and is held in place by friction when the rear micrometer clamp is screwed in place. The latter is locked with a headless set screw in the same manner as the front micrometer drum clamp. The rear micrometer drum is graduated in mls. from 0 to 100, every tenth division being numbered. The elevation level vial and level vial tube are similar in all re- • spects to the cross-level vial and tube. The tube is mounted in the elevation level holder and is prevented from turning by the small lug on the rear end, of the tube which engages a slot on the inside of the holder. The elevation level holder passes through bearings on the angle of site pointer, and the ends of the holder are closed by the elevation level caps. 132 NOMENCLATURE OF PARTS OF THE PANORAMIC SIGHT, MODEL OF 1917. (Plate XXXVIII.) Reference No. Name of part. Reference No. Name of part. 1 Azimuth circle hood. 44 Azimuth worm 2 Azimuth circle window. 45 Spring. 3 Rotating head retaining screw. 46 Throw-out cam. 4 Prism shield retaining piece screw. 47 Achromatic objective lens. 5 Prism shield retaining piece. 48 Open sight. 6 Azimuth index. 49 Throw-out lever. 7 Elevation worm ball cap. 50 Rotating prism holder. 8 Elevation worm ball socket. 51 Pinion shaft. 9 Block in rotating prism. 52 Azimuth micrometer. 19 Objective lens cell retaining screw. 53 Micrometer index. 11 Rotating head cover. 54 Supporting sleeve for rotating prism. 12 Prism holder cover. 55 Pinions for rotating prism and rotating 13 Prism holder cover screw. head. 14 Dowel pin. 56 Azimuth worm knob. 15 Eye lens cell. 57 Throw-out plunger. 16 Achromatic eye lens. 58 Reticule cell. 17 Eye lens cell retaining screw. 59 Rubber eyepiece. 18 Elevation worm. 60 Rotating head. 19 Worm plunger spring plug. 61 Rotating head prism. 20 Elbow retaining screw. 62 Spring retaining nut. 21 Elbow. 63 Rotating prism. 22 Reticule. 64 Rotating prism holder screw. 23 Achromatic field lens. 65 Retaining washer. 24 Shank. 66 Elevation micrometer. 25 Elevation index support. 67 Stop ring. • 26 Scale. 68 Prism support front. 27 Support retaining ring. 69 Index knob washer. 28 Support retaining ring screw. 70 Window. 29 Elevation index. 71 Prism shield. 30 Elevation index support screw. 72 Micrometer locking screw, short. 31 Elevation index retaining screws. 73 Worm plunger spring. I 32 " T" lug. 74 Shutter. 33 Azimuth circle hood screw. 75 Micrometer locking screw, long. 34 Azimuth circle support. 76 Rotating head cover screw. 35 Azimuth circle. 77 Prism support bottom. 36 Spring plate for azimuth circle. 78 Taper pin. 37 German silver strip. 79 Wedge. 38 Object lens cell. 80 Bearing cap. 39 Deflection locking plate. 81 Bearing socket. 40 Lower reflecting prism. 82 Rotating head prism holder. 41 Locking spring. 83 Prism support back. 42 Lens separator. 84 Rotating head prism spring. 43 Field lens cell retaining ring. 85 Lower reflecting prism holder PANORAMIC SIGHT, MODEL OF 1917. [Plate XXXVIII.} The panoramic sight is a vertical telescope so fitted with an optical system of reflecting prisms and lenses that the gunner with his eye at the fixed rubber eyepiece can bring into his field any point in a plane perpendicular to the axis of the telescope. The instrument has a magnifying power of 4 and a field of view of 10°. It is seated in a T-slot in the socket of the quadrant sight when firing, and is carried in the aiming instrument chest when traveling. The head rotating in a vertical plane has a movement of 600 mils, which is obtained by turning the elevation micrometer knob (at top of sight). Rotation of the head in a vertical plane is indicated on an elevation scale, located on the back of the head, and also on a microm eter scale below the serrations on the knob. Each division of the ele vation scale indicates an angle of 100 mils, and each division of the micrometer scale, 1 mil. One complete turn of the micrometer knob is equivalent to one graduation on the elevation scale. The horizontal axis of the head is perpendicular to the vertical axis of the sight when the micrometer scale is at 0 and the elevation scale is at 3. Movement in azimuth is obtained by turning the azimuth worm knob on the left side at rear of sight. Turning movement is indicated on an azimuth scale, which can be seen through a window at the front, and by an azimuth micrometer. The latter is a knob with milled edge, having its front face graduated, in mils, the graduations being colored to indicate the direction of movement ; graduations in red indicating the right, those in black, the left. The azimuth index (A4) is a fixed pointer attached to the case which incloses the azimuth mechanism. The scale on the azimuth circle as seen through the window is graduated in hundreds of mils, from 0 to 3,200 in each half circle. The azimuth micrometer may be turned independently of the azimuth worm knob to set any desired deflection. For large angular deflections the throw-out lever above and in front of the azimuth micrometer may be pressed to disengage the azimuth worm, and the head thereby quickly turned in multiples of 100 mils. The eyepiece has vertical and horizontal cross hairs, the horizontal one being graduated in mils. 753] 2°-18-14 ( 133) 134 A peep sight is attached to the right side of the head and is used for approximate setting of the sight. A complete detailed description of • the panoramic sight is contained in Fire Control Handbook, pamphlet No. 1796. Instructions for care and preservation of the panoramic sight are contained in 0.0. pamphlet No. 1795. No disassembly, adjustment, or repair of the panoramic sight, except as described and authorized herein, may be performed by` anyone, except the ordnance personnel detailed for such work. THE PEEP SIGHT. The peep sight is an open sight consisting of a peep-sight support, cross wires, and an eyepiece or peep sight. The lower end of the support is fashioned into a shank which fits into the socket in the top of the quadrant sight shank. The cross wires are mounted in the cross-wire ring at 90° to each other and 45° to the horizontal. The cross wire fits into the cross-wire holder and is held in place by the cross-wire retainer. The cross-wire holder is screwed with 32 threads per inch into the holder sleeve, and the latter is screwed with 30 threads per inch into the peep-sight support. These two pieces are prevented from turning by two split pins passing through the support at right angles to each other. The threads allow a vertical adjustment. • The peep-sight guide is riveted in place in the rear end of the support, its edges fitting into the T slot in the bottom of the peep sight or eyepiece. A German-silver scale, graduated in equal divisions, each representing 10 mils, fits into a groove in .the rear end of the support. The scale is held in place by two screws, the holes in the scale being elongated to allow for adjustment. An index is marked on the back edge of the peep sight and the latter may be traversed by means of the peep-sight sere*. This screw is mounted in the support and held in place by a nut on the right end and by the peep-sight screw handle on the other. The handle is held in place by the handle-locking screw. A micrometer scale is engraved on the handle, graduated in half mils. THE (SIGHT) ELECTRIC-LIGHTING EQUIPMENT. To facilitate night operation of the battery electric illumination of the scales and parts of the sighting equipment is provided. Two duplicate sets of batteries, with wiring, lamps, and fittings, packed in separate cases, are carried with each carriage. The equipment consists of four dry cells, assembled in a battery box; an aiming lamp, with bracket, cord, and plug; an azimuth ltimp, with bracket, cord, and plug; a level. lamp, Aivi,t1) 1.)racket, c,00, 135 and plug; a portable lamp, with bracket, cord, and plug; a reel spindle; three spools of lamp cord; and a lamp container. The battery box is a light steel case, with hinged cover, partition, and holding devices for securely retaining the dry cells in the case. !Four connection sockets for receiving plugs attached to the lamp cords are fastened in the sides of the box and wired to the terminals of the dry cells. The lamps are miniature electric bulbs of 3-volt 35-ampere capacity, assembled in short brass tubes, which are provided with connections for attaching the lamp cord. The aiming lamp is held in a clamp which adapts it for emplacement on a pole when in use. The azimuth lamp fits into an end of a forked tube attached to the panoramic sight, the light from the lamp being directed upon the azimuth circle and into the reticule of the sight. The level lamp is attached by a bracket to the quadrant sight, the light rays being direCted upon the angle of sight scale and the level vial. The lamp container carries 10 lamps for replacement. The three spools carry the lamp cords for the azimuth, level, and portable lamps. The spindle reel carries 50 meters of lamp cord for the aiming lamp. * THE SIGHT EXTENSION. The sight extension is a steel bar, one end of which is fitted with a T slot, clamp screw, ratchet, and detent similar to the upper end of the quadrant sight shank. The lower end of the extension is shaped to fit into the quadrant sight shank. CARE OF THE SIGHTS. The quadrant sight should be carried mounted in the left trunnion of the carriage at all times, and when not in use should be covered by the sight cover to protect it from the weather. When not in action the panoramic sight should be packed in the panoramic sight case. The sights are delicate instruments and must not be subjected to any rough usage, jars, or strains. To obtain satisfactory vision, the glasses must be perfectly clean and dry. The T lug on the panoramic sight and its slot in the shank of the quadrant sight should be kept lightly oiled to prevent rusting. In the panoramic sight the exposed optical elements and all nonmovable joints are sealed, and no attempt should be made to remove them. Battery mechanics are forbidden to disassemhble any parts of the quadrant or panoramic sights and are allowed to make only such adjustments as are hereinafter prescribed. Adjustments are only to be *When the sight extension is used, the panoramic, sight shoula he removeq before firing, 136 made with tools provided- by the Ordnance Department for that purpose. Any difficulties which can not be corrected by the methods herein prescribed should be referred to the mobile repair unit. VERIFICATION:ND ADJUSTMENT OF THE SIGHTS. When out of adjustment the sights will cause inaccurate firing, and they should therefore be frequently verified and adjusted when necessary. The sight-adjusting target plate is provided for verifying the sights in grsenals, ordnance depots, or when a suitable foundation for the carriage is available. Verification of the sights is of such importance that, battery commanders may find it of advantage to make permanent arrangements for such verification. The procedure under the above conditions is as follows : Place the carriage on a Jevel concrete or wooden platform, and with the 137 aid of the testing level see that the center line of the trunnions parallel to the axle of the carriage is horizontal. Level the sight transversely, set the angle of site pointer at 300 mils, set the elevation scale at 0 mils elevation and, with the aid of the testing level, elevate or depress the gun until the center line of bore is horizontal. The bubble in the elevation level should then be centered between the reference marks on the level vial. If the bubble is not centered operate the angle of site worm until the vial is level. Loosen the set screw which holds the rear micrometer clamp in place and unscrew the clamp. Turn the rear micrometer drum without turning the worm until the index on the angle on site worm housing points to zero. Tighten the rear micrometer clamp and set screw. Suspend the' target in a plane perpendicular to the bore of the gun and at a distance of not less than 100 meters. Place the front and rear bore sights in the gun and move the target until the center line of the bore, as determined by the bore sights, pierces the target at the point marked " bore." The verticality of the target should be verified by a plumb line attached to the point A, which should coincide with the line A B. With the panoramic sight, mounted in the shank of the quadrant sight, set the azimuth scale and elevation micrometer of the panoramic sight at 0. With the sights thus arranged the line of sight should pass through the point on the target marked " Panoramic sight." If the line of sight pierces the target above or below the point marked " Panoramic sight " it indicates that the elevation micrometer R1 of the panoramic sight is out of adjustment.. Operate the elevation micrometer R1 until the line of sight pierces the target on the horizontal center line of the point marked " Panoramic sight." Loosen the micrometer-locking screw S2 and turn the elevation micrometer RI without turning the elevation worm E 1, until the index on the rotating head RH points to zero. Tighten the micrometer-locking screw S2. If the line of sight pierces the target to either right or left of the point marked " Panoramic " it indicates that either the cross level of the quadrant sight or the azimuth-micrometer index P2 of the panoramic sight, or both, are out of adjustment. Elevate the gun to maximum elevation, at the same time elevating the quadrant sight. If the point where the line of sight pierces the target appears to move to either right or left, it indicates that the cross level of the quadrant sight is out of adjustment. Cross level the quadrant sight by turning the leveling-worm handwheel until the gun can be elevated and depressed to the full extent of its travel, without moving the point where the line of sight pierces the target to either right or left. With the wrench provided for that purpose, loosen the cross level set screw plate and carefully move the cross level holder until the bubble in the level vial is.set between the reference marks. 128 If the line of sight still does not pierce the target at the point marked " Panoramic sight" with the howitzer returned to 0 elevation, it indicates that the azimuth micrometer index (P2) is also out of adjustment. Tuin the azimuth micrometer P1 until the line of sight pierces the target at the point marked " Panoramic sight.", Loosen the micrometer locking screw S5 and, with the teat wrench provided for that purpose, turn the micrometer index P2 until the arrow points to 0 on the azimuth micrometer scale P1, at the same time holding the latter to prevent it from turning. Tighten the micrometer locking screw S5. Backlash in the elevating mechanism of the panoramic sight may. be taken up by tightening the screw in the front of the head below the elevating micrometer knob. Backlash in the azimuth mechanism may be taken up by tightening the screw (RN) in side of the panoramic sight below the throw-out lever. ADDITIONAL TESTS. • After the sights are adjusted they should be subjected to the following tests to insure their accuracy at extremes of elevation and azimuth : (a) With the carriage level and gun and sights at zero elevation and deflection, see that the line of sight and axis of bore prolonged pierce the target (fig. 1) in the proper points. (b) Elevate the gun to its maximum elevation. As the piece is elevated the center line of the bore and the line of sight prolonged should follow the vertical lines through their respective points on the target (fig. 1). • (c) With conditions as in (a) traverse the gun to its extreme positions in azimuth; the axis of the bore and the line of sight should follow their respective horizontal lines on the target (fig. 1). By construction and assemblage the sights, if correctly adjusted, should fulfill the above conditions with substantial accuracy. If error be noted a report of the facts of the case with the cause, if known, should be made to the ordnance officer charged with the repair of the materiel for his information and action. VERIFICATION AND ADJUSTMENT OF THE SIGHTS IN THE FIELD. In the field, or when a suitable foundation for the carriage is not available, the sights may be verified and adjusted in the following manner, neglecting the angle of parallax : Jack up one wheel of the carriage until the center line of the trunnions parallel to the axle of the carriage is horizontal, as determined with the aid of the testing level. Elevate or depress the gun until the center line of the bore is horizontal, as determined with the aid of the testing level, 139 and set the elevation scale of the quadrant sight at zero. Cross level the quadrant sight and verify and adjust the elevation level as directed above. With the aid of bore sights train the gun on some distant aiming point (2,000 or 3,000 meter range). Proceed as above to adjust the quadrant and panoramic sight so that the line of sight and the center line of the bore will intersect at the aiming point. VERIFICATION AND ADJUSTMENT OF THE PEEP SIGHT. The procedure for verifying the peep sight is similar to that of the panoramic sight. To adjust the peep sight in a vertical direction remove the split pins which hold the cross-wire holder and holder sleeve in place. Screw the holder sleeve up or down until the line of sight pierces the target at the proper point, at the same time holding the cross wire stationary, and replace the split pins. To adjust the peep sight in a horizontal direction turn the peep-sight screw until the line of sight pierces the target at the proper point. Loosen the .screws which hold the deflection scale in place, shift the scale until the index on the peep sight points to zero, and tighten the screws. Loosen the handle-locking screw and turn the peep-sight screw han'clle without turning the peep-sight screw until the micrometer scale on the handle reads zero. Then tighten the locking screw. GENERAL INFORMATION. PAINTING ARTILLERY MATERIEL. The paint issued for this purpose is of olive-drab color, put up in 5-pound cans ready for use, and is applied to both wood and metal parts. If the paint is too thick, turpentine should be used as a thinner, but not to greater extent than 2 per cent by volume. All steel and iron nonbearing surfaces will be painted, including that portion of the underside of the gun between the clips. Wearing and bearing surfaces, teeth of gear wheels, elevating screws, piston rods, cylinders, counterrecoil springs, and interiors of spring cylinders will not be painted. All parts to be painted should be free from dirt or grease. They may be washed in a. liquid made by dissolving one-half pound sal soda in 8 quarts of warm water, then rinsed in clean water, and wiped thoroughly dry. Where the materiel is in fair condition and only marred in spots the' marred places should be primed with olive-drab paint, second coat, and permitted to dry. Then the whole surface should be sandpapered with No. 1.4 sandpaper and a coat of paint applied and allowed to dry thoroughly before use. Where the materiel is in bad condition all parts should In thoroughly sandpapered with No. 2 sandpaper, be gii-en a coat of paint, and be permitted to dry for at least 24 hours ; then sandpaper with No. 00 sandpaper, apply a finishing coat, and permit the parts to dry thoroughly before use. In general two coats of paint per year will be, sufficient to keep the materiel in good condition. After repeated painting the paint may become so thick as to scale off in places or give an unsightly appearance. It may then be removed for repainting, as follows : Dissolve 1 pound of concentrated lye, powdered form, in 6 pints of hot water, and slake in enough lime to give the solution, the consistency of paint. Use the solution freshly mixed and apply to the parts where paint is to be removed with a brush or with waste tied to the end of a stick. When the solution begins to dry on the surface use a scraper to remove the old paint, and complete the cleaning of the surface with cloth and water. If one application is not sufficient to loosen tho paint, apply a second coat. Before painting wash the surface with sal-soda water, rinse with clean water, and then wipe thoroughly, as described above. (140) 141 INSTRUCTIONS FOR RIVETING. Whenever a rivet is broken, loose, or needs replacing for any reason .the rivets should be heated to a light yellow (just below white) Color. They may be heated in the forges furnished with the battery equipment or in a permanent blacksmith's forge. While heating, keep the rivets covered with coals in order to prevent scaling. Rivets one-fourth inch and less in diameter may be driven cold when it is impracticable to heat them. Drive them hot, however, when practicable. Drive all rivets greater than one-fourth inch in diameter hot in all cases. Do• not overheat or burn the rivets. Remove all scale from rivets after heating and before driving. Drive the rivets home with a hammer before attempting to form the head. Hold rivets solidly in place with a sledge, crowbar, and fulcrum, railroad iron or similar heavy piece of steel. Partially form the head with the face and peen end of a hammer. When the head is practically formed by this operation use a rivet set for final forming of the head. The rivet set is only for this final operation. Loose rivets will result if they are not peened down with a hammer before the rivet set is used. The rivets must be held solidly in place while the riveting is being done, otherwise lose rivets results. Before starting to heat the rivets the pieces to be riveted should be carefully fitted and bolted together. If the holes in the two pieces are not in perfect alignment the cause should be determined and rectified instead of attempting to drift the pieces into alignment. If necessary for perfect alignment a slight amount of reaming or filing will be permitted. In no case should a rivet hole be reamed larger than about one sixty-fourth inch in excess of the diameter of the rivet. On account of inaccessibility it is sometimes difficult to insert a rivet. In such cases it may 1)e inserted with a twisted stiff wire or with a small wooden stick split at the end to hold the rivet. Arrangements must be made beforehand to back up or hold the rivet in place the instant it is located in order that it may not have cooled too much for proper riveting. Hot riveting is preferable to cold riveting, as the head is more easily formed when hot and the contraction of the rivet in cooling gives a tighter fit. TARGETS. The description and allowances of targets and accessories for mobile artillery are given in Ordnance Ofric'e Pamphlet, Form No. 1994, " Mobile Artillery Targets and Accessories." 142 INSTRUCTIONS FOR MAINTENANCE OF MATERIEL. [Plate XXXIX.] CLEANING, LUBRICATION, AND INSPECTION OF GUN CARRIAGE AND GUN-CARRIAGE LIMBER. I. TO PREPARE FOR TRAVEL. Clean, lubricate, and make a complete inspection of all materiel, special attention being given to the cleaning and lubrication of the following: 1. Steering apparatus. 2. Axle arms. 3. Trail. 4. Ends of recoil and recuperator piston rods. 5. Elevating rack, recoil regulating link. 6. Breech mechanism, firing mechanism. 7. Road brake. 8. Wheel shoes. 9. Bottom carriage. Make special inspection to ascertain that the following condition of materiel exists : 1. Gun properly locked to traveling lock. 2. Traveling lock securely fastened to trails. 3. Trunnion cap bolts screwed down tight. 4. Caps of drain and filling holes of recoil and recuperator cylinders screwed tight. 5. Nuts on carriage axle spring studs, spring keeper, spring clamp, and shackle bolts on tight. 6. Adjusting rod and adjusting rod pin handles in their proper position. 7. Axle pivot cover closed and latched. 8. Wheel fastening nuts on tight. 9. Hub caps screwed on tight. 10. Draft-rod nuts screwed down tight. 11. Various parts of steering apparatus function well. 12. Pole and steering lever with their bolts and nuts in good condition. 13. Road brake functions correctly. 14. Carriage and limber springs in good condition with no broken leaves. 15. Bolts and rivets all tight. 16. Axle pivot removed and carriage spring shackled. CL A55 36 DIVISION 3 DRAWING 98 c§oN 8 143 IT. TO PREPARE FOR, ACTIN' Perform all operations mentioned above except such as may-pertain to parts not used in action. In addition clean and lubricate the following: 1. Outside, bore, chamber, and breech of gun. 2. Bearing portions of cradle. 3. Elevating and traversing mechanisms. Make special inspection to ascertain that the following condition of materiel exists: • 1. Proper amount of oil in both recoil and recuperator cylinders. 2. Breech and firing mechanism functions properly. 3. Gun elevates or traverses without difficulty. 4. Sight properly adjusted. 5. Recoil and recuperator piston rod nuts screwed on tight. 6. Nuts on spade bolts screwed down tight. 7. Spades in good condition and securely buried in ground. 8. Carriage springs unshackled and axle pivot inserted. 9. All other parts are in good condition and not fractured or broken. A report of any repairs needed must be made immediately to the officer in charge of the materiel or to the commanding officer of the Army or divisional ordnance repair unit. DETAILED INFORMATION FOR M A IN TEN A N CE OF MATERIEL. GUN ,AND BREECH MECHANISM. All bearing surfaces, screw threads, and interior parts of the breech and firing mechanisms must be kept. clean and well oiled. The breechblock should, whenever it is possible, be disassembled before it is cleaned. Wash the different parts with water or kerosene, dry thoroughly, and oil with a brush (using engine oil No. 1). Do not put kerosene on the gas-check pad; clean the pad with a wet sponge and wooden scraper, then coat its circumference slightly with tallow, or the special mixtures provided for the purpose. Keep the obturator channel clean and free of residue, using the cleaning reamer, wire, and if necessary a primer. When firing the breechblock should be well coated with oil. A mixture of cup grease and engine oil applied thick on the rear face of the mushroom heltd and the front part of the obturator spindle, together with a coat of a mixture of equal parts of tallow and machine oil applied to the front face of the mushroom head, will facilitate opening of the breech. After firing clean the bore of the gun with a solution of one-half pound of sal-soda in 1 gallon of boiling water; wipe dry and cover 144 with a thin coat of slushing oil. To remove any copper deposit, open the breech so as to prevent its copper parts from being attacked by the solution ; clean the bore with soap or gasoline to remove all the grease ; cover the deposits for 15 minutes with strips of cloth wet with either of the following solutions (1) Commercial ammonia, to which is added 10 per cent of hydrogen peroxide; (2) a mixture of 6 quarts of water, 4 quarts of ammonia (density 0.88), and 12 ounces of persulphate of ammonia. Wash freely with water and dry. Clean the breech recess with a sponge and dry each thread carefully. Oil with a brush, This must be done immediately after firing. It may be necessary to use hot water or kerosene to remove the residue. Clean and slush very slightly the leveling plates (Pl. I). If they are rusted, remove the rust, using kerosene and a bit of wood. Never use emery, sand, or similar substances for this purpose. Clean trunnion b6rings and trunnions. Oil by means of two oil cups at top of trunnion caps. CRADLE. Clean and oil ail accessible parts of the gun slides by moving the gun from battery position to traveling position, oiling the gun clips at the same time. Clean and grease the elevating rack with cup grease. Clean and grease the ends of the recoil and recuperator piston rods. Clean the link-operating variable-recoil mechanism and oil the cam slide of the variable-recoil operating link, at the same time elevating and depressing the gun. Put oil in the oil cnp on the front end of the replenisher. ELEVATING AND TRAVERSING MECHANISM. Oil upper portion of elevating and traversing mechanism through four oil cups mounted in elevating and traversing gear-box cover. Withdraw the elevating and traversing connecting rods and drop a little oil in holes in the traversing-pinion shaft and elevating pinion. Oil elevating-worm shaft through oil cup mounted in elevating-worm shaft cap. Oil elevating gear through oil cup mounted tn. elevating-gear box oover. Wipe and cover with a film of cup grease the threads of the elevating worm. Traverse gun as far to the left, as possible, so as to be able to oil tmyersing, pinion through oil up monntecl ill traversing pinion, boN, 145 If the oil cup can not be reached, remove the axle pivot, jack up the bottom carriage, and traverse to the left as far as possible. If it is necessary to traverse the gun so that the traversing worm become disengaged from the traversing rack, bring back into mesh very carefully to prevent damage to threads of worm or teeth of rack. While the gun is at extreme left traverse, clean and grease the top carriage retaining lug; wipe clean the clip on the bottom carriage beneath which the lug moves. BOTTOM CARRIAGE. Clean and grease the slot in the front of the bottom carriage, in which the carriage axle is housed. The spring box at the lower central portion of bottom carriage is packed with graphite grease when first assembled and should be kept well filled. Clean and oil axle pivot hole. Clean axle pivot cover and oil. Clean drain hole at front part of lower portion of bottom carriage. TRAILS. Clean the notches in the trail ends. Clean teeth and upper portion of retracting rack. Clean and oil the traveling lock clip screws and the portion of the traveling lock clip screws which bear upon the traveling lock. Clean the portion of spade connecting plate that spade bolt nuts bear upon. AXLE, SPRING, AND WHEELS. Clean shackles, shackle separators, adjusting rod, spring separators, and shackle bolts. Remove by means of screw driver or small pinch bar any small stones or other foreign substances which may have become lodged in the rubber tread of the tires. If a strip of the rubber is cut or torn on the corners of the tires, cut off loose portion to prevent strip from tearing further. Keep tires free from oil and grease as much as possible to prevent deterioration of the rubber. Before moving materiel remove wheels, clean hub liners and bearing portions on axle or axle arm, and cover bearing portions with a thin coat of graphite grease, turning wheel as it is being replaced. Pack hub caps with graphite grease. Wheel shoes should be kept free of mud, and bearing surface of bolts pivoting wheel-shoe plaq!s to wheel-shoe segments well lubricated,, - 146 ROAD - BRAKE. Clean brake brackets and brake drum. Oil brake shafts through the two oil cups mounted on the brake brackets. Keep interior circumference of brake drum and interior of brake- band lining free from grease and oil. Clean all the parts of the brake-controlling mechanism, oiling all bearing parts. Oil brake-shaft bearings through oil cups on brake-segment bracket and brake bracket. SPADES. Clean spades and especially those surfaces which come in contact -with the trails; oil the spade-bolt brackets and- the threads of the spade bolt and spade-bolt nuts. LIMBER. Oil axle'arm by means of the oil cups' located on the axle-arm pins. Clean and oil lightly, all bearing surfaces of steering apparatus, especially two oil cups mounted on steering knuckles and two mounted on steering links. Clean holes in the steering lever, oil' the center pin, clean the draft-rod bolt, and clean and oil the threads of the draft-rod nuts. Before fastening the trails to the limber clean the upper portion of side rails of limber frame, especially the rear faces of the corner brackets. MAINTENANCE ROUTINE. ARTILLERY TRACTOR. It is essential for the proper care and maintenance of the 10-ton artillery tractor, model 1917, that the following maintenance routine schedule be rigidly adhered to. Preparedness for emergencies can only be obtained by keeping the tractor in excellent condition, and this necessitates that adjustment be kept proper at all times. The following items refer only to inspection and adjustments. Repair or replacements detached as necessary should be made at the earliest opportunity. DAILY MAINTENANCE ROUTINE. ENGINE. E'xamine all wiring terminals for tightness. Clean magneto externally. Note tension of fan belt. Inspect oil pump forfunction. 147 Inspect radiator *water supply. Inspect gasoline tanks for proper fuel supply. Inspect pipe line and all connections for leaks. STEERING CLUTCH BRAKES. Inspect for undue wear or looseness. Inspect for proper operation. GENERAL. Inspect and thoroughly clean all lamps. MAINTENANCE ROUTINE, WEEKLY. ENGINE. Inspect all wires for proper support and freedom from damage. Thoroughly clean engine externally. Inspect for oil leaks. Inspect control- connections. Inspect all water connections for leaks. Drain water and dirt from water trap in gasoline line. Inspect carburetor control connections. Do not attempt to alter adjustments of carburetor unless this is shown to be necessary when tractor is in service. Inspect motor oil-drain cocks and drain plugs for loss of. oil. Examine main bearings. STEERING CLUTCH BRAKES. • Inspect thoroughly, cleaning all brake connections. SPRINGS. Inspect springs. TRACKS. Inspect tracks, rollers, carriers, drive sprocket, blank sprocket, equalizer bar for wear, breakage, or proper adjustment.' MASTER CLUTCH. Inspect clutch for oil leaks; clean externally. TRANSMISSION. Clean and inspect all control connections. Inspect action of transmission oil pump by opening test cock on top of transmission case. 745312°-18-15 148 S rEERING CLUTCHES. Inspect clutches for proper action, and inspect clutch brakes for proper action and adjustment. GENERAL. Inspect armor bolts, fasteners, and all similar bolts for apparent tightness. Inspect tool equipment for completeness. • MAINTENANCE ROUTINE-MONTHLY. MASTER CLUTCH. Thoroughly clean and inspect all lever connections. TRANSMISSION. Clean externally, and inspect" for leaks, particularly in bearing covers at open ends to ascertain if undue leakage is occurring around shafts. GENERAL. Inspect speedometer drive. • LUBRICATING INSTRUCTIONS. ARTILLERY TRACTOR. After each assembly mentioned in the lubricating instructions there will be found a figure which. indicates the kind of lubricant required. The key to the various figures is as follows: 2. 3502 cylinder oil furnished in light, heavy, and medium. 4. 3504 fluid transmission oil. 6. 3506 medium cup grease. Each place on the 10-ton tractor where lubricant must be applied must be given attention, in proper order, before making any attempt to start the engine. MOTOR No. 2, MEDIUM. Lubricate the motor through the breather on the right-hand side. of the forward end of the crank case. FAN BEARING, No. 2, MEDIUM. Lubricate the fan bearing with cylinder oil. The lubricant is applied through. the ball check valve in the fan hub, just to the rear of the blades. 149 MAGNETO. Lubricate the magneto with 3 in 1 or other light household oil, placing 1 or 2 drops (not more) in each of the two wells. The well under the distributor lubricates the distributor and the sbearings be-Ilind the braker, and the well back of the impulse starter lubricates the bearings on the magneto shaft. WATER PUMP NO. 6. Give grease cups two complete turns. HAND STARTER NO. 2. Lubricate the hand-starter chain with cylinder oil, and give the grease cup on the handle shaft two full turns. RADIAL BEARINGS IN MASTER CLUTCH NO. 2. Lubricate the S. K. F. radial bearing supporting the master clutch inner disk hub on the crank shaft with cylinder oil. The lubricant is applied through a one-half inch pipe extending out radially front the rear side of the inner disk hub. MASTER CLUTCH SHIFTER YOKE NO. 6. Lubricate the master shifter yoke by giving grease cup two complete turns. TRANSMISSION UNIT NO. 4. Inspect the level of the lubricant in the transmission unit by removing the pipe cup from the standpipe located just to the rear of the track drive sprocket shaft. If the level is below the top of the standpipe add more lubricant through one oil filler located on the upper half of the transmission unit. STEERING CLUTCH SHIFTER RINGS NO. 6. Give grease cups on steering clutch shifter rings two complete turns. TRACK DRIVE SPROCKET GEAR NO. 4. Inspect the level of the lubricant in the track drive sprocket gear housing by removing the 1-inch filler plug in the side of this housing. The oil should be within 1 inch of the level of the hole. DRIVE SPROCKET HTJB NO.. 6. Remove the one-fourth-inch pipe, plug at the rear end of the thrust rod; with a grease gun fill the chamber with cup grease. 150 BLANK SPROCKET SHAFT AND BEARINGS NO. 6. Lubricate with cup grease by removing three-eighths pipe plug from hole in the end of shaft and applying with grease gun. TRACK-SUPPORTING ROLLER. On early type tractors lubricate with cup grease by removing one-fourth-inch pipe plug from end of track-supporting roller shaft and applying lubricant with a grease gun. On the later type, turn the _grease cups on the track-supporting roller brackets down fully and refill them. TRUCK WHEELS NO. 6. Lubricate with cup grease by removing three-eighths pipe plug from end of gudgeon and applying with a grease gun. LUBRICATION OF TRACKS. The tracks can be lubricated only while the tractor is in motion. Care must be taken to cut off the flow of lubricant immediately on stopping the tractor. Lubrication of the tracks is accomplished by means of the track-oiling system, consisting of the track-oil tank carried under the driver's seat and supported on the main frame. The lubricant is conveyed to the tracks through a three-eights inch pipe line comprising two leads, each extending to a discharge nozzle located just forward of the front roller frames. The flow of oil is controlled by two valves located in front of and near either end of the driver's seat at the level of the- floor board. Each valve controls the flow to the corresponding track. Any grade of lubricant of such consistancy as will flow through the track-oiling system is satisfactory for track lubrication. Waste motor oil is ideal for this purpose. Crude oil or fuel oil should never be used, as they have practically no lubricating value, and when used there is a greater tendency for the working joints of the track to clog and prevent the entrance of lubricant to the space blocks and track pins than with other oils of higher lubricating value. Higher grades of oil give longer lubrication; a smaller amount is necessary and the wear and tear of the track reduced to a minimum. Driving conditions vary so greatly that it is impossible to specify just when the tracks should be lubricated, and an operator will have to use his own judtnent in the majority of cases. Tracks should be well lubricated when the tractor is put into service and about once every two hours thereafter if the running is continuous.. Track lubricant must not be used in sand, heavy dust, or loose dirt, as such a' large amount of dirt will become mixed with the lubricant that its action will be t ha t of a grinding compound rather than of a lubricant. 151 LUBRICATING CHART. (Based on a 10-hour day, at average speed of 3 miles per hour.) PART. LUBRICANT. HOW APPLIED. HOW OFTEN. liyatt roller bearing in fan. Cylinder oil Oil can Every 6 miles or 4 times Magneto shaft Cup grease 2 grease cups daily. Valve stems Half and half cylinder oil and kerosene. Oil can 2 turns per hour. Rocker arms Cylinder cil . do Every 6 miles or 4 times Air valve stem do do daily. S. K. F. bearing at engine do Through pipe carried by: clutch. Twice daily. end of master clutch. do Between disks. Do. Master clutch disks 4 times daily. Twice daily. Master clutch shifting Cup grease 1 grease cup 1 turn per hour. ring. Gurney 200 per cent ball do 1 grease cup and pipe for each. 2 turns, twice daily. bearing for shifting steering clutches. Track drive sprocket do Remove pipe plug rear Fill every week or every sleeves. end thrust rods, and use gun-grease gun. 100 miles. Track-supporting roller do Grease cup (new design) . Turn down fully twice daily. Grease gun (old design). Fill till grease forces out—twice week or every 50 miles. Truck rollers. do Remove pipe plug in end of gudgeon and use grease. Every 50 miles or twice week.- Equalizer (king pin) do Grease cup 2 turns twice daily. Pintle hook (front and do Remove pipe plug and Fill twice a week or every rear). use grease gun. 50 miles. Roller frame pivot shaft.. do 10 grease cups 1 turn 4 times daily. Fan belt idler do 1 grease cup 2 turns per hour. Pump shaft bearing do 2 grease cups Do. Mechanical starter do 2 grease cups 2 turns daily. Chain-cylinder oil Once per day. Track Black oil or refuse oil Gravity feed through Open valve often enough from crank cage (not pipe lines from tank while running to keep crude oil). regulated by valve for each track. track pins and spack blocks oiled. External spur gem' (in Heavy body fluid min- Fill oil-tight dust guard Sufficient to maintain dust guard). eral cil. by removing plug and filling 1 inch below level of hole. proper level. Transmission do Fill cast to level of pipe Do. plug at rear right- hand corner of case, or up over one-third of gears; 6 gallons. Fill through test plug. Motor (timing gears, crank shaft, and cylinders). Cylinder oil In crank case As required. Magneto 3-in-1 or other household By drops with wire oiler_ Main bearings, 1 drop, 15 days; circuit breaker roller, 1 drop, 15 days; oil; no cylinder or circuit breaker pin other mineral oil. bearing,. 1 drop, 15 days. Impulse starter 3-in-1 Ball check oiler, toothpick. 4 drops per week. Governor Cylinder oil Squirt can Once per day. Hess-Bright Do. Bearing ball pins levers. Do. Spark and gas control do Squirt can Do. connections. Master clutch lever Points do do Do. Gear shifter lever joints. do.. Do. Steering clutch shifter do.. do Do. Joints. Steering clutch brake joints. _ ....do do Do. Internal-external universal joint. Cup grease Pack housing Whenever rea,ired. Equalizer bar rocker joints. 1 cup each side '111 cup once per day . Radiator standards Cylinder oil Squirt can 5 drops each side per day. 152 MAINTENANCE ROUTINE, F. W. D. CHASSIS. It is essential for the proper care and maintenance of the 3-ton truck chassis, F. W. D., model B-1917, that the following maintenance routine schedule be rigidly adhered to. Preparedness for. emergencies can only be obtained by keeping these trucks in excellent' condition and this necessitates a regular maintenance routine. MAINTENANCE ROUTINE, DAILY. ENGINE. Examine all wiring terminals for tightness. Clean magneto externally. Note tension of fan belt. Inspect oil pump for performing its function. Inspect raditor water supply. Inspect gasoline tank for proper fuel supply. Inspect pipe line and all connections for leaks. BRAKES. Inspect for undue wear or looseness. Inspect for proper operation. GENERAL. Inspect and thoroughly clean all lamps. MAINTENANCE ROUTINE, WEEKLY. ENGINE. Inspect all wires for proper support and freedom from damage. Thoroughly clean engine externally. Inspect for oil leaks. Inspect control connections. Inspect all water connections for leaks. Keep engine free from carbon, inject a tablespoon of kerosene into each cylinder through the spark plug holes. Th.s should be inserted when the motor is hot and left standing overnight. Remove, clean, and adjust all spark plugs. Remove magneto distributor cover and clean with gasoline. Operate engine at low speed and, with one wire at a time separated from spark plug, inspect the spark given for length and apparent hotness. Drain water and dirt from water trap in gasoline line. 153 Inspect carbureter control connections and connections with governor. Do not attempt to alter adjustment of carbureter or governor unless this is shown to be necessary when truck is in service. Inspect motor oil drain cocks and drain plugs for loss of oil. BRAKES. Inspect and thoroughly clean all brake connections. SPRINGS. Inspect center bolt of spring and spring clips for tightness. WHEELS. Inspect front wheels for alignment with rear wheels. Inspect tires for undue damage. Put two jacks under front axle, lift wheels slightly off the ground, and inspect universal joints and other connections for undue loose- ness. CLUTCH. Inspect clutch brake for wear and proper operation. TRANSMISSION. Clean and inspect all control connections. CENTER DIFFERENTIAL. Inspect differential locks for proper operation. GENERAL. Inspect body bolts, hood fasteners, and all similar bolts for ap- parent tightness. Inspect tool equipment for completeness. MAINTENANCE ROUTINE, MONTHLY. CLUTCH. Thoroughly clean and inspect all pedal connections. TRANSM I SSION. Clean externally and inspect for leaks, particularly in bearir covers at the front and rear ends, in order to ascertain if undue lea age is occuring around shafts. SPRINGS. Thoroughly clean and inspect spring shackle connections. Inspect springs to ascertain damage if any. 154 DIFFERENTIALS. Clean and inspect all differential housings for oil leaks. Inspect all bolts for apparent 'tightness. WHEELS. Remove hub cap and inspect for proper lubrication. GENERAL. Inspect drip pan for apparent security. Inspect speedometer drive. IGNITION. Clean magneto-collector ring, clean and adjust breaker points. Inspect cam spark lever for correct advance. ENGINE. Test compression and grind valves if necessary. Clean oil pump screen. LUBRICATING INSTRUCTIONS, F. W. D. CHASSIS. After each part mentioned in the lubricating instructions will be found a figure, which indicates the kind of oil or grease best suited to the lubricating needs of each part. The meaning of the various figures is as follows: 2=gasoline engine oil, specification No. 3502. 5=nonfluid transmission lubricant, specification No. 3505. 4=transmission lubricant, specification No. 3504. 6=medium cup grease, specification No. 3506. ENGINE. Capacity, 6 quarts, No. 2, daily. The 6 quarts reserve oil is carried at the bottom of the crank case, which has a float level connected with a gauge on the exhaust or the left-hand side of the engine. This gauge has a high and a low mark, and the bobber should never register below the low mark, but should 'e located between these two marks, or, better, nearer the higher ark. Every month the motor should be cleaned and drained. After f) old oil is drained out it is extremely beneficial to pour a gallon kerosene through the regular combined filler and breather cap, -ated at the front exhaust side; then run the motor for a few sec-/rids, drain same thoroughly, and refill with 6 quarts of fresh oil as peci lied. 155 CLUTCH. Capacity, 1 pint, No. 2, weekly. To fill the clutch with cylinder oil, bring one of the three oil plugs Ito the top position and remove one of the lower plugs, filling the case until oil overflows from the lower plug. Replace the plugs and leather washers firmly. CLUTCH ALIGNMENT JOINT. Capacity, one-half pound, No. 6, weekly. This joint is located between clutch and transmission. To fill with grease, remove six I-inch bolts and separate the parts sufficiently so the joint can be packed with grease. Replace the bolts and tighten them securely. TRANSMISSION. Capacity, each section, 1 gallon, No. 4, monthly. The transmission case is divided into two sections by a web cast in the case. The forward part of the case incloses the gear set, the rear contains the subtransmission and the center differential. The gear section should be filled with heavy transmission lubricant (1 gallon) or to such a level that the lower portions of the main shaft gears are submerged. The subtransmission and center differential require the same grade and same quality of oil as the gear-set section. If small steel particles are found in the old lubricant it should b3 drained from the case by removing the plug at the bottom of each section. This should be done right after use and while transmission is warm. The gears and case must be thoroughly rinsed with kerosene before refilling with new oil. FOOT BRAKE. Capacity, 11 pounds, No. 5, monthly. The foot brake is mounted on a skein bolted to frame cross member in rear of transmission, two roller bearings being used to support brake wheel. There is a 0.5-inch plug in the combined shaft and cap at the rear of the assembly through which grease may be injected with a grease gun. To clean the brake unscrew the eight bolts holding combined shaft and cap. Remove both and unscrew the skein ; lock nuts. After disconnecting the brake band connections, brake wheel and bearings may be drawn from the skein. 156 FRONT AXLE. Capacity, 14 pounds, No. 5, every two months. There is a plug at the top of the right hand of the• differential housing, through which the grease may be injected •with a grease gun. It is necessary to disassemble the axle to clean all parts thoroughly and refill with new grease. On the top pivot of the ball and socket joints of the front axle there is a ratchet grease cup, which feeds the upper socket buttons, and the inclosed axle shaft universal through a hole drilled through the pivot. In the lower pivot there is a similar oil hole, which supplies the lower buttons and, bushings. It is very important to keep these upper holes open by occasionally inserting a soft iron wire through the grease cup hole. This lubricates the pivot and the universal joint in the axle shaft. The ball is packed with soft grease, and should be kept full by means of grease cup. This joint must be kept clean externally. REAR AXLE. Capacity, 10 pounds, No. 5, every two months. The rear axle is lubricated in the same manner as the front axle, except there is no ball and socket joint to lubricate. WHEEL BEARINGS. Capacity, 22 pounds, No. 5, monthly. The wheels are mounted on roller bearings, which are lubricated by removing a 0.5-inch plug in wheel hub and injecting grease with a grease gun. These bearings should be removed and cleaned thoroughly when packing with grease. PROPELLER SHAFT UNIVERSALS. Capacity, 1 p )und, upper joints, No. 6, daily ; lower joints, No. 6, weekly. At the transmission end and axle end of each propeller shaft there is a universal joint. The axle universal joints are covered by leather boots. Care should be taken that the boot is properly and securely replaced. The universals are fitted with four grease cups, which should be kept filled. STEERING POST. Capacity, 1 pint, No. 4, weekly. There is a lift spring at, the top of the steering column. Inject oil through this bole freely. 157 GOVERNOR. Capacity, 4 ounces, No. 2, weekly. Oil is injected through hole on top of governor case. MAGNETO. No. 2, monthly. Two drops only of a light clean oil injected into the oil wells every month will be sufficient. One of these oil wells is located on the top of the distributor housing, oiling the armature ball bearing, the _distributor plain bearing, and oil well in the timing-lever body. The other oil well is located on the extension of the end plate near the driving shaft and lubricates the ball bearing on the end of the magneto. CONTROL SET. No. 2, daily. A few drops of engine oil should be placed in the foot-lever bearings. They should be oiled through the oil holes provided for that purpose, which should be kept open. DRAG LINK. No. 6, weekly. The drag link connects the steering-post arm with the tie-rod by means of a ball-and-socket joint, which should be packed with cup grease. COMBINED LEVER BRACKET. No. 2, daily. This bracket is located on the right top side of the fourth cross member from the front. This bracket should be oiled through the oil holes provided, which should be kept open. SPRINGS. Every four months. • Jack up the frame, and by removing the spring clips the spring leaves may be pried apart. Lubricate between the leaves. Should the leaves be; excessively rusted it is well to dissassemble the spring, remove the rust, and paint the leaves before lubricating. 158 GREASE CUPS. No. 6, daily. The following grease cups should be given one turn each: The two 0.125-inch cups on the steering pivots of axle. The two 0.25-inch cups on the rear front-spring bracket. The two special grease-cup bolts on the front end of the front springs. The two 0.125-inch cups on the clutch-release shaft. The 0.125-inch cup on the clutch-brake flange at the real- of the clutch. The 0.25-inch cup on the inner end of the gear-shaft lever assembly. The four special grease-cup bolts on the rear end. of the rear spring. The 0.125-inch cup on the rear torsion rOd spring hanger at the upper end. The 0.125-inch cup on the front torsion rod spring hanger at the upper end. The 0.25-inch cup on the lower fan-pulley bracket. The 0.25-inch cup on the upper fan-pulley arm. The two grease cups on engine water pump. NASH CHASSIS. DAILY MAINTENANCE ROUTINE. ENGINE. Examine all wiring terminills for tightness. Clean magneto externally. Note tension of fan belt. Inspect oil pump for performing its function. Inspect radiator water supply. •-Inspect gasoline tank for proper fuel supply. Inspect pipe line and all connections for leaks. PRA KES. Inspect for undue wear or looseness. Inspect for proper operation. GENERAL. Inspect and thoroughly clean all lamps. 159 WEEKLY :MAINTENANCE ROUTINE. ENGINE. Inspect all wires for proper support and freedom for damage. Thoroughly clean engine externally. Inspect' for oil leaks. Inspect control connections. Inspect all water connections for leaks.. Keep engine free from' carbon; inject a tablespoon of kerosene into each cylinder through the spark-plug holes. This should be inserted when the motor is hot and left standing overnight. Remove, clean, and adjust all spark plugs. Remove magneto distributor cover and clean with gasoline. Operate engine at low speed and with one wire at a time separated from spark plug, inspect the spark given for length and apparent hotness. Drain water and dirt from water trap in gasoline line. Inspect carbureter control connections and connections with gov- ernor. Do not attempt to alter adjustment of carbureter or governor unless this is shown to be necessary when truck is in service. Inspect motor oil drain cocks and drain plugs for loss of oil. BRAKES. Inspect and thoroughly clean all brake connections. SPRINGS. Inspect center bolt of spring and spring clips for apparent tight ness. WHEELS. Inspect tires for undue damage. CLUTCH. Inspect clutch brake for wear and proper operation. TRANSMISSION. Clean and inspect all control connections. Put two jacks under rear axle, lift wheels slightly off the ground and inspect universal joints and other connections for undue looseness. 160 AXLES. Inspect wheel universal joints and drive pinion bearing g for excessive looseness by inserting a screw driver between the spring clip bolts and, the axle drive shafts. If considerable vertical movement is possible universal joints should be examined and the proper adjustment of pinion bearings made by removal of shims from between the bearing cage and the knuckle body. GENERAL. • Inspect body bolts, hood fasteners, and all similar bolts for ap- parent tightness. Inspect tool equipment for completeness. MONTHLY MAINTENANCE ROUTINE. CLUTCH. Thoroughly clean and inspect all pedal connections. TRANSMISSION. Clean externally and . inspect for leaks, particularly in bearing covers at the front and rear ends, in order to ascertain if undue leakage is occurring around shafts. STEERING. Put two jacks under front and rear axles, near wheels, and lift wheels slightly off from the ground, then inspect all connections for wear or undue looseness. SPRINGS. Thoroughly clean and inspect spring shackle connections. Inspect springs to ascertain damage, if any. DIFFERENTIALS. Clean and inspect all differential housings for oil leaks. Inspect all bolts for apparent tightness. WHEELS. Remove hub cap and inspect for proper lubrication. GENERAL. Inspect drip pan for security. Inspect speedometer drive for reliat)i 161 IGNITION. Clean magneto connector ring, drain and adjust breaker points. Inspect cam spark lever for correct advance. ENGINE. Test cylinders for compression. Grind valves if necessary. If engine has had unusual amount of use, remove and inspect engine bearings. Clean oil-pump screen. LUBRICATING INSTRUCTIONS, NASH CHASSIS. After each part mentioned in lubricating instructions, and indicated on the lubricating chart, will be found .a figure, which indicates the kind of oil or grease best suited to the lubricating needs of each part. The meaning of the various figures is explained herewith : 2A. Motor oil, medium, Specification No. 3502. 2B. Motor oil, heavy, Specification No. 3502. 9. Steam-cylinder oil, Specification No. 3509., 4. Heavy straight mineral gear compound, Specification No. 3504. 5. Light cup grease, Specification No. 3505. 6. Medium cup grease, Specification No. 3506. ENGINE. 2A. Winter. 2B. Summer ; capacity, 9 quarts to be brought to level daily. Nine quarts of reserve oil are carried in the bottom of the crank case. The amount of oil is indicated by the position of the indicator rod located on the left-hand side of the motor. By unscrewing this indicator rod a few turns it may be lifted out, and the depth of oil in the crank case noted. The drain cocks and drain plugs should be inspected from time to time, as they become loose, and consequently cause loss of oil. When the motor is cleaned and drained of its old oil, a gallon of kerosene should be introduced through the combined filler and breather cap located at the front of the left-hand side of the engine, after which the motor should be run slowly for a few seconds. Drain same thoroughly, and refill with 9 quarts of fresh oil as specified if the old oil seems to the touch to have lost its lubricating qualities. If it appears to have retained them, return. it to the crank case. To clean the oil-pump screen the oil pump must be removed. Make sure that the joints and pump packings are tight and that the oil pump is running properly after replacement. 162 CLUTCH. No. 6, daily. The clutch itself, being of the dry-plate type, needs no lubrication, but on the rear of the clutch housing there is a large grease cup, which lubricates the rear bearing of the clutch. This should be kept filled with fresh cup grease. A second grease cup is located on the universal joint, to the rear of the clutch housing. It lubricates the clutch-shaft bearings. UNIVERSAL JOINTS. No. 6, daily. Since all the universal joints are of the same construction, they are lubricated in the same manner. To lubricate them remove plugs at the top of each. There are 10 plugs in all, 2 on each propeller shaft and 1 on each axle drive shaft. Remove the old grease with a grease gun; then clean monthly with kerosene and repack with cup ()Tease. TRANSMISSION. Summer, 33 per cent of No. 2 and 66 per cent of No. 4 ; winter, 50 per cent of No. 2 and 50 per cent of No. 4, every week. To renew the lubricant in the transmission remove the top cover. The level of oil should reach to half the depth of the transmission. FRONT AND REAR AXLES. Internal drive gears, 50 per cent of No. 6 ; 50 per cent of No, 8, every two weeks. To lubricate the internal gear pinion bearings of both axles, remove the outer plugs on the webs of the front and rear wheels and fill with lubricant as above specified. WHEEL SPINDLE BEARINGS. No. 6 in summer, No. 5 in winter, weekly. To lubricate the wheel spindle bearings, remove the inner of the two plugs and fill with grease. LOWER STEERING PINS. No. 9 in summer, No. 2 in winter, daily. To lubricate the lower steering pin turn the grease cups. At the top of the steering knuckle pins there are grease cups for lubricating the upper bushing. 163 AXLE UNIVERSAL JOINTS. No. 6 in summer, No. 5 in, winter, weekly. To lubricate the axle universal joints remove the plug on the axle just inside the universal joint flanges. It is necessary to completely disassemble the axle to clean. AXLE DIFFERENTIALS. 60 per cent of No. 4 and 40 per cent of No. 5 in summer ; 25 per cent of No. 4 and 75 per cent of No. 5 in winter, weekly. Remove the cap on the top of the differential housings on the front and rear axles to inspect and insert new lubricant. In order to clean, remove the top half of the differential housings. Remove all old lubricant, thoroughly clean with kerosene, and insert new lubricant. STEERING GEARS. No. 6 in summer, No. 5 in winter, weekly. To lubricate, remove a plug which is near the lower end of the steering-column housing and inject oil freely. GOVERNOR. No. 9 in summer, No. 2 in winter, weekly. To lubricate, remove the oil-filler screw and fill chamber with lubricant. This should be done weekly. Every month remove the drain screw. Be sure the two screws below the governor shaft are kept tight to prevent oil leaking. MAGNETO. No. 2, weekly. Two drops only of a light, clean oil injected into the oil wells every month or so will be sufficient. One of these oil wells is located on the top of the distributer housing, oiling the armature ball bearing, the distributer plain bearing, and the oil well in the timing-lever body. The other oil well is located on the extension of the end plate near the driving shaft and lubricates the ball bearing on the end of the magneto. CONTROL SET. No. 2, weekly. A few drops of engine oil should be placed in the foot-lever bearings. They should be oiled through the oil holes provided for the purposed 75312°-18-16 164 SPRINGS. Once every 12 months jack up the frame, and by removing the spring clips the spring leaves may be pried apart. Lubricate between the leaves with graphite. Should leaves be excessively rusted it is well to disassemble the spring, remove the rust, and paint the leaves with graphite paint before lubricating. RECONNOISSANCE CAR-MAINTENANCE ROUTINE. It is essential for the proper care and maintenance of the 1-ton chassis White model T. E. B. 0. chassis, that the following maintenance routine schedule be rigidly adhered to. Preparedness for emergencies can only be obtained by keeping the truck in excellent condition, and this necessitates that adjustment be kept proper at all times. DAILY MAINTENANCE ROUTINE. ENGINE. Examine all wiring terminals for tightness. Clean magneto externally. Note tension of fan belt. Inspect oil pump for performing its function. Inspect radiator water supply. Inspect gasoline tank for proper fuel supply. Inspect pipe line and all connections for leaks. Inspect oil sight feeds to ascertain if oil circulation is in proper condition. BRAKES. Inspect for undue wear or looseness. Inspect for proper operation. GENERAL. Inspect and thoroughly clean all lamps. MAINTENANCE ROUTINE, WEEKLY. ENGINE. Inspect all wires for proper support and freedom from damage. Thoroughly clean engine externally. Thoroughly clean pan under engine. Inspect for oil leaks, • Inspect control connections. Inspect all water connections for leaks. 165 Drain water and dirt from water trap in gasoline line. Inspect carburetor-control connections. Do not attempt to alter adjustment of carburetor, unless this is shown to be necessary, when truck is in service. Inspect motor oil-drain cocks and drain plugs for loss of oil. BRAKES. Inspect and thoroughly clean all brake connections. SPRINGS. Inspect center bolt of spring and spring clips for tightness. WHEELS. Inspect tires for undue damage. CLUTCH. Inspect clutch for oil leaks ; clean externally. TRANSMISSION. Clean and inspect all control connections. STEERING. Put two jacks under front axle, lift wheels slightly off the ground, and inspect universal joints and other connections for undue looseness. Inspect front wheels for alignment with rear wheels. GENERAL. Inspect body bolts, fasteners, and all similar bolts for apparent tightness. Inspect tool equipment for completeness. MAINTENANCE ROUTINE MONTHLY. CLUTCH. Thoroughly clean and inspect all pedal connections. TRANSMISSION. Clean externally and inspect for leaks, particularly in bearing covers at the front and rear ends, in order to ascertain if undue leakage is occuring around shafts. SPRINGS. Thoroughly clean and inspect -spring shackel connections. Inspect springs to ascertain damage, if any. 166 GENERAL. Inspect drip pan for apparent security. Inspect speedometer drive. LUBRICATING INSTRUCTIONS, RECONNAISSANCE CAR. After each part mentioned on the lubricating instructions will be found a figure, which indicates the kind of oil or grease best suited to the lubricating needs of each part. The meaning of the various figures is as follows: 2=Gasoline engine oil, light, medium, or heavy, specification No. 3502. 4=Transmission lubricant, specification No. 3504. 6=Medium cup grease, specification No. 3506. 9=600 W, specification No. 3509. ENGINE. No. 2, medium. To fill the engine oiling system place the truck on a level space and open the two crank case overflow valves by pulling out and turn-. ing a quarter turn the valve stem under the radiator. In this position it is automatically held open. Close by turning and pushing in. Pour filtered oil into the oil reservoir until the same is full, also into both compartments of the crank case, through the vent pipe on the left side of the engine, and the oil hole on top of the timing gear case until it is even with, but not above, the level of the overflow valve. The tank should be kept filled at all times. The sight-feed indicators on the dash show the driver at all times. the amount of oil which is being fed. To increase the flow turn the oil-pump adjusting nuts to the left. To decrease the flow turn them to the right. In making the necessary adjustments to increase or decrease the flow of oil, see that a proportionate amount of oil passes through each of the sight feeds. The center feed requires approximately one-third more oil than the others. Proper feeding may be interfered with by dirt in the oil pump checks. This condition must be instantly removed by disconnecting the oil pump line union nuts at the pump end and removing and cleaning the checks. MAGNETO. Sewing-machine oil, monthly. To oil magneto place exactly 3 drops of oil in the oil holes of the magneto. 167 CLUTCH. No. 2, medium, monthly. Fill the clutch through the oil plug hole with 1 pint of oil. Every month the clutch case should be drained of its old oil and 1 pint of kerosene introduced. By allowing the engine, to rotate at a moderate speed about one minute while engaging and disengaging the clutch a few times the clutch can be cleaned. Then thoroughly drain off the kerosene and fill with oil as before. BRAKE LEVERS. No. 6, weekly. Fill through grease holes with grease gun. TRANSMISSION. No. 9, monthly. To fill the transmission case pour oil through the filling hole on, top until oil shows at the oil level plug -on the side. Add oil as needed to maintain this level, and every three months drain the case through the drain plug hole in the bottom, discarding the old oil and refilling with new lubricant. REAR AXLE. " No. 4, monthly. Fill the rear axle through the filler hole cap up to the oil level plug on the side'and - replace the plug and its cap. Every• three months drain, clean, and fill with new lubricant. WHEEL BEARINGS. No. 6, monthly. Fill through grease plugs with grease gun. GREASE CUPS. _No. 6, heavy. In caring for the grease cups they must be turned down sufficiently to cause the grease to ooze out on the part to be lubricated, and 'the cups must be kept supplied with grease. The following grease cups should be turned down every day : Clutch rocker, clutch, and brake lever. Universal joint grease cups. Fan bracket grease cups. 168 Front axle, upper and lower bushing, and long steering rod grease cups. Short steering rod grease cups. Transmission universal joint coupling grease cups. Rear axle bracket and brake band grease cups. Torsion rod swivel joint grease cups. Water pump grease cups. Front motor support, front and rear spring bolt, and rear spring shackle grease cups. Clutch-roller grease cups. GENERAL. All cleaning of oil compartments should be done with kerosene and care must be taken to insure the complete removal'. of all residue or sediment, else the new, oil will become mixed therewith and the benefit of the change will be partly lost. Be sure that no dirt or other foreign substance drops into any of the lubricating compartments. OILS AND GREASES FOR ARTILLERY MATERIEL. For the service, cleaning, and preservation of this materiel the Ordnance Department issues oleonaphte oil, lubricating oil (or engine oil No. 1), clock coil, sperm oil, coal oil,' neat's-foot oil, light slushing oil, light, heavy, and medium cylinder oil, fluid transmission oil, nonfluid transmission lubricant, steam cylinder oil, heavy straight mineral gear compound, light cup grease, medium cup grease, and other special lubricants which may be required, by the materiel under new or variable climatic conditions. The oleonaphte oil is for use in the recoil and recuperator cylinders of the recoil mechanism and for no other purpose. The lubricating oil (or engine oil No. 1) will be used exclusively in all oil holes of the gun carriage and limber, and in lubricating such parts as wheels and axles, gun and cradle slides, pintle bearing, elevating and traversing mechanisms, exterior of cylinders, brake bearings, hinges, different surfaces of breechblocks, threads of breech recess, etc. Clock oil should be used on the spindle and all bearings of the battery commander's telescope, bearings of the panoramic sight, and fuze setters, and on the observation telescope, field artillery plotter, and the parts of the quadrant sight. In all cases clock oil should only be used when the instruments mentioned are disassembled for cleaning. When used it should be applied by dropping from the end of a dropper attached to the end of the cork. The sperm oil is a lighter lubricant than the engine oil No. 1. and may be used on the gears of sights, fuze setters, parts of revolvers, etc. ; engine oil No. 1 may be also used on such parts. 169 Coal oil is used by the Ordnance Department for cleaning purposes. In the field it may be used for lanterns. Coal oil for general. illuminating purposes is furnished by the Quartermaster's Department. Neat's-foot oil is used for the care and preservation of bather equipment, and should only be applied after the leather has been cleaned and when it is dry. (Wash the leather with warm water and castile soap ; dry in the shade or away from direct heat.) The oil should be rubbed in with a sponge or rag until the leather is soft and pliable. All oil which exudes when the leather has dried (after oiling) should be wiped off with a dry cloth. Light slushing oil is prescribed for use in the protection and preservation of all bright or unpainted surfaces of steel or iron on all parts of the equipment when the material is to remain unused for an appreciable length of time. Its use as a lubricant for mobile artillery is forbidden. Before applying the slushir_g oil to any surface the part should be thoroughly cleaned, so as to be free from rust, water, coal oil, lubricating oil, etc.; as their presence will cause rusting under the slushing oil. The slushing oil should then be applied in a thin uniform coat, since this is all that is necessary to give protection. Except in very cold weather it can be applied by using a paint brush as when painting ; in cold weather it should be applied by stippling—that is, lightly tapping the surface with the end of the sash tool, held with bristles perpendicular to the surface to be covered. It can be applied to the bore of the gun by the slush brush issued for the purpose. In cold weather it should be warmed before use for coating the bores of guns. It may be readily removed by the use of burlap or waste dipped in coal oil. All unpainted surfaces should be kept clean and free from rust, but in no case is a polish required. The light, heavy, and medium cylinder oils are for use in the crank cases of motors and for lubricating auxiliary parts of motors such as fans and pumps. Fluid transmission oil and nonfluid transmission lubricant are for use in the transmission, differentials, and drive gearing of tractors and motor vehicles. Steam cylinder oil is used to lubricate the governor on the motor and the steering pins on the chassis of the Nash truck. The heavy straight mineral gear compound is a special lubricant prescribed, when mixed with a light cup grease, for use in the differentials of the Nash chassis. Light and medium cup greases are used, as their names imply, in the bearings which are fed through grease cups or a grease gun. They should only be used where prescribed and should never be used in oil cups of the gun carriage or the motor vehicles. 170 REPAIRS FOR FIELD ARTILLERY MATERIEL ISSUED TO THE ARMY OF THE UNITED STATES. Instructions relative to making repairs to field batteries and furnishing ordnance stores and supplies for them will be found in the general orders issued by the War Department from time to time. Instructions in reference to the care, use, and repair of delicate instruments, such as sights, telescopes, and range finders, will be found in General Order No. 47, War Department, Washington, March 24, 1905, and in Ordnance Office Pamphlet No. 1795. EQUIPMENT. The following table sets forth the total equipment of one 155 mm. gun battery on war footing. The right-hand column shows in general -where each article should be carried, but the battery commander may use his discretion as to the disposition of many articles for which no particular fitting or receptacle is provided. Stetement of total equipment of one 155 mm. gun battery. Property classification. Class. Section. IV 3 IV 11 IV 9 War footing, 4 guns and 20 ammunition trucks. 4 4 4 1 3 10 1 1 3 20 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 2 1 1 1 1' 1 1 1 1 1 6 8 Article. Wheeled materiel. 155 mm. guns and gun carriages, model of 1918 (Filloux). 155 mm. gun carriage limbers, model of 1918 (Filloux). 10-ton tractors (model 1917) Reconnoissance car 5-passenger motor cars Motorcycles with side cars Reel and fire-control truck Light repair truck Artillery supply truck Ammunition trucks for ammunition Tank truck Telephone truck Spare parts for 155 mm. gun; Filloux, model of 1918. Breech mechanism, complete Counterbalance bracket . Counterbalance bracket collar Counterbalance bracket collar detent Counterbalance bracket screws Counterbalance cylinder Counterbalance cylinder head Counterbalance cylinder head (pivoted). Counterbalance cylinder head screws Counterbalance piston Counterbalance regulating nut Counterbalance regulating screw washer. Counterbalance regulating screw bushing. Counterbalance spring Counterbalance tension rod Counterbalance tension rod cotter-pin Counterbalance tension rod nut. Counterbalance tension rod shim Counterbalance regulating screw Counterbalance regulating screw cotter. Counterbalance regulating screw nut. Filling-in disk Firing mechanism block Location, etc. Large spare parts chest on artillery supply truck. Tn large spare parts chest jFiring mechanism box in large spare 1 parts chest on artillery supply truck (171) IV IV 9 3 172 Statement of total equipment of. one 155 mm. gun battery-Continued.' War footing, 4 guns and 20 ammunition trucks. Property classification. Article. Location, etc. Class. 8 2 2 2 8 6 2 6 6 6 6 6 6 4 6 12 8 8 8 12 6 2 2 2 4 6 6 1 12 12 12 12 2 2 2 2 2 8 2 2 2 6 6 6 4 4 4 4 16 4 Spare parts for 155 mm. gun, Feiloux, model of /9/8—Continued. Firing-mechanism block handle Firing-mechanism block latch Firing-mechanism block latch handle Firing-mechanism block latch holder. _ Firing-mechanism block latch holder screw. Firing-mechanism block latch spring . _ Firing-mechanism block latch-spring holder. Firing-mechanism housing Firing-mechanism housing key Firing-mechanism housing-key spring _ Firing-mechanism housing-key spring rivet. Firing-mechanism housing-key spring stud. Firing-mechanism safety plunger Fir in g-mechanism safety-plunger spring. Firing-mechanism housing screw Firing pin Firing-pin guide . Firing-pin housing Firing-pin housing screw Firing-pin spring Gas-check pad Hinge-pin collar t Hinge-pin collar detent Hinge-pin driving washer Obturator spindle Obturator spindle spring Obturator-spindle vent bushing Operating-lever latch guide Percussion hammer Percussion hammer lock bolt Percussion hammer lock-bolt spring_ Percussion hammer lock-bolt spring set screw. Percussion hammer operating shaft . Percussion hammer operating-shaft collar. Percussion hammer operating-shaft detent. Percussion hammer operating-shaft housing. Percussion hammer operating shaft-housing securing screw. Primer seat plug Rack Rack lock Rack-lock spring Split ring (front) Split ring (rear) Split ring (small) Spindle plug. Spindle-spring front seat. Spindle-spring gasket Spindle-spring rear seat Spare parts for fuze setter. Range ring screws Corrector scale screws In small spare parts chest on artillery supply truck. lIn leather pouch, small spare parts f chest. Section. 3 IV 4 1 1 2 1 Spare parts for 155 mm. gun carriages, model of 1918 ) Filloux). Axle-arm gasket • Axle pivot Axle-pivot handle Axle-spring pin Axle spring In carriage spare-parts chest on artillery supply truck. fIn heavy spare parts chest No. 1 on 1 artillery supply truck. 173 Statement of total equipment of one 155 inm. gun battery-Continued. War footing, Article. Location, etc. Property classification. 4 guns and 20 ammunition bucks. Class. Section. Spare parts for 155 mm. gun carriages, model of 1918 (Filloux)—Contd. 8 52 mm. Belleville spring 22 20 by 255 bolts (wheel) 2 16 by 22 bolts (trunnion cap) 2 Brake band with lining, complete 1 Brake band adjusting bolt In carriage spare-parts chest on artil- 2 Bushing (trunnion cap) lery supply truck. 1 Connecting shaft, elevating 1 Connecting shaft, traversing 1 Elevating gear 1 Elevating and traversing gear box, complete. 2 Hub cap In limber spare-parts chest on artillery supply truck. 6 Hub cap gasket (leather) 2 Hub liner 4 24 mm. nuts, plain 3 24 mm . nuts, plain (gear box separator) 16 16 mm. nuts, crown 25 20 mm. nuts, crown 14 24 mm. nuts, crown. 1 48 mm. (32d) nuts, crown (socket) 1 8 by 75 pin, steel 2 10 by 150 pins, steel 6 20.5 by 266 pins (wheel shoe) In small spare-parts chest on artillery 2 18 by 50 A=35) pins, Type A supply truck. 2 16 by 50 (A=35) pins, Type A 2 18 by 60 (A=44) pins, Type A 6 4 by 26 pins, split 6 4 by 26 pins, split 25 5 by 48 pins, split (wheel) 6 6 by 38 pins, split . 6 6 by 70 pins, split 6 8 by 112 pins, split 1 Pivot bolt tin carriage spare-parts chest on artil- 1 Pivot-bolt nut f lery supply truck. Iv 3 lb. 1 lb. 8 by 24 rivets, buttonhead steel 16 by 28 rivets, buttonhead steel 1 lb. 16 by 33 rivets, buttonhead steel 4 lb. 16 by 38 rivets, buttonhead steel 1 lb. 16 by 41 rivets, buttonhead steel 3 lb. 16 by 46 rivets, buttonhead steel 3 lb. 16 by 48 rivets, buttonhead steel 5 lb. 16 by 56 rivets, buttonhead steel 1i lb. 16 by 62 rivets, buttonhead steel In limber spate-parts chest on artillery Sib. 18 by 56 rivets, buttonhead steel supply truck. 81b. 18 by 66 rivets, buttonhead steel 21 lb. 22 by 70 rivets, buttonhead steel 1 lb. 16 by 52 rivets (countersunk steel) 1i lb. 18 by 40 rivets (countersunk steel) 3i lb. 18 by 58 rivets, half-buttonhead steel 6 16 by 25 screws, countersunk head 3 8 by 12 screws, headless 3 8 by 14 screws, headless 2 Shackle, outer 2 Shackle, inner 2 Shackle, bolt In small spare-parts chest on artillery supply truck. 2 Shackle separator 1 Shackle bearing 1 Socket, upper 1 Socket, lower 2 Spade bolt (front) 2 Spade bolt (rear) 2 Spade bolt (nut) In carriage spare parts, chest on ar- 1 Spade connecting plate tillery supply truck. 1 Spring box 1 Spring box nut 1 Spring keeper 1 Spring keeper washer In small spare parts, chest on artillery 1 Spring plate, upper supply truck. 1 Spring plate, lower 2 24 by 277 studs (spring) 174 Statement of total equipment of one 155 Trim. gun battery-Continued. War footing, 4 guns and 20 ammunition trucks. Property classification. Class. Section. Article. Location, etc. IV V ) IV 2 2 2 2 1 1 4 4 3 5 2 2 11 3 7 3 4 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 4 1 4 2 4 1 2 22 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 4 4 4 2 2 Spare parts for 155 mm. gun carriages, model of 1918 (Filloux)—Contd. Trail pin Trail pin nut Trail pivot Trail pivot nut Traveling lock clip (right) Traveling lock clip (left) 16.5 washer (brake bracket pin) 185 washer (brake bracket pin) 20 washer (brake bracket pin) 24 washer (brake bracket pin) 30.5 washer (traveling work shaft) 92 washer (trail pivot) 10 washers, lock 14 washers, lock 16 washers, lock 24 washers, lock 16-1.5 thread washers (leather) Wheel fastening lock washer Wheel fastening nut Wheel shoe plate Wheel shoe segment Wheel shoe segment (special) Wheel complete with shoes Sighting equipment. Mirror aiming device Breech bore sight Muzzle bore sight Panoramic sight, model of 1917 Quadrant sight, model of 1918 (Schneider). Peep sights Panoramic sight extensions Plumb bob Gunner's quadrant, model of 1918 Spare-sight equipment. Quadrant sight, model of 1918 (Schneider). Panoramic sight, model of 1917 Spare parts for 155 mm. gun-carriage limbers, model of 1918 (Filloux). Axle arm (left) Axle arm (right) Axle arm gasket Axle arm pin 6 by 30 bolt brake-rope clamp handle 12 by 70 bolt (brake-rope arm) 12 by 140 bolt (spring clip) 12 by 62 bolt (brake lever) 14 by 45 bolt (brake segment)... 20 by 255 bolt (wheel) 14 by 52 tap-bolt thread, 36 long Center pin Draft rod Draft-rod nut Draft-rod nut, lever, and knob com- pressor. Draft-rod bolt Hub cap llub-cap gasket Dub liner. Knuckle 011(1 link bolt 6 nut (plain) 10 nut plain).. 12 nut plain) 16 nut plain). 50 nut special) In carriage spare parts, chest on artillery supply truck. In small spare parts, chest on artillery supply truck. In carriage spare parts, chest on artillery supply truck. In aiming instrument chest }In armament chest In aiming instrument chest }In aiming-instrument chest (battery). . kin limber spare-parts chest on artillery J supply truck. fIn carriage spare-parts chest on artillery supply truck. In limber spare-parts chest on artillery supply truck. 175 Statement of total equipment of one 155 mnr. gun battery-Continued. War footing, 4 guns and 20 ammunition trucks. Article. Location, etc. 24 4 25 6 6 25 30 15 12 12 6 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 6 2 2 2 2 1 1 Spare parts for 155 mm. gun-carriages, limber, model of 1918 (Filloux)—Con. 24 nut (crown) 32 nut (crown) 20 nut (crown) 3 by 27 split pin, steel 3 by 34 split pin , 4 by 38 split pin 5 by 46 split pin, wheel 6 by 56 split pin 6 by 106 split pin 7 by 73 split pin 8 by 112 split pin 20.5 by 266 pin (wheel shoes) . Pole Pole-locking pin Pole pin Rope snap ball socket, complete Shackle bolt. , Spring, complete Spring plate, upper Spring plate, lower Steering knuckle Steering link, lower Steering link, upper 6 lock washer Wheel-fastening lock washer Wheel-fastening nut Wheel-shoe plate Wheel-shoe segment Wheel-shoe segment (special). Wheel, complete, with wheel shoes... Tools and accessories for 155 mm. In limber spare-parts chest on artillery supply truck. In heavy spare-parts chest No 2 JIn limber spare-parts chest on artil-1 lery supply truck. JIn heavy spare-parts chest No. 2 on 1 artillery supply truck. In limber spare-parts chest on artillery supply truck. On artillery supply truck 4 5 1 4 4 1 2 1 1 4 4 4 4 2 8 8 5 4 1 4 5 1 5 2 1 8 8 12 10 8 4 4 10 10 12 Breech cover Breech key eyebolt Chest, tool, battery Chest, aiming instrument, battery Chest, aiming instrument, gun Chest, armament, gun Chest, armament, battery Chest, pump, battery Chest, spare parts, small. Chest, spare parts, large Chest, tool, gun Chest, tool, for wheel shoes Cleaning tools Drain pan Drain tube Drift, large Drift, small Drill, primer seat Extractor, for elevating worm shaft ... File,. three-cornered File handles File, curved smooth, for breech threads. File, half round File, three cornered, small Funnel, complete with strainer Grease gun, complete Gunner's pouch lIammer, copper I lam mer, cross peen. I land spike Hand fuze setter with case (American type). *Hand fuse setter French type) Jack licamn, complete Jack, 10-ton Lanyard, complete, 72 inches long Loading tray Maul In large accessories chest In small spare part chest }In tool chest In pump chest (battery) }In tool chest(gun) In tool chest (gun battery) In large accessories chest In tool chest (battery) In tool chest (gun) In tool chest (gun and battery). In tool chest (battery) . In tool chest (gun and battery) In pump chest (battery) In pump chest (battery) In armament chest In tool chest (gun) In large accessory chest I n heavy spare parts the sts Nos. 1 and 2. Armament chest In large accessories chest Property classification. Section. Class. Iv 3 176 Statement of total equipment of one 155 mm. gun battery-Continued. War footing, 4 guns and 20 ammunition trucks. Article. Location, etc. Property classification. Class. Section. Tools and accessories for 155 mm.—Con. 2 Mounting clamp, pump Is mounted on pump chest 4 Muzzle cover In large accessories chest 6 Pin for counter balance regulation screw. In armament chest 12 Pinch bar In large accessories chest 4 Piston rod cover. 8 Pliers, wire cutting In tool chest (gun) 8 Powder carrying bag In armament chest 2 Pump In pump chest (battery) 4 Punch, steel. In tool chest (gun) 1 Replenisher piston extractor In large accessories chest 8 Screw driver (3-inch blade) 5 Screw driver, 10 inches (5-inch blade) .. In tool chest (gun and battery) 5 Screw driver, firing-pin housing 4 Sight cover 4 Sighting platform In large accessories chest 4 Spanner wrench, 72 mm 4 Spanner, wrench, double }In large accessories chest. 4 Spanner, pivot-bolt nut 5 Sponge and rammer, complete In large accessories chest 10 Sponge cover 4 Testing level, chest complete 5 Traveling lock. 5 Vent-cleaning drift }In tool chest (gun and battery) IV 5 Vent-cleaning wire In large accessories chewt 16 Water bucket, canvas 8 Wheel shoe assembling bar }In tool chest for wheel shoes 4 lbs Wire, 4 mm. iron 4 Wire, 1 mm., 7 ounce roll. In tool chest (gun) 1 Wrench for pump, 35 mm. and 21 mm _ In tool chest (battery) 4 Wrench, for gear-box separator In tool chest (gun) 5 Wrench, for obturator spindle }In tool chest (battery) 5 Wrench, for obturator spindle plug.. _ 10 Wrench (ratchet) In armament chest 4 Wrench, sight 4 Wrench, 12 inches, or equal Crescent Tool C. 4 Wrench, 18 inches, or equal Crescent n tool chest (gun) Tool C. 5 Wrench, operating shaft-nut percussion hammer. 5. Wrench, pivot-nut primer seat In tool chest (gun and battery) 4 Wrench, 140 mm. and 90 mm In tool chest (gun) 4 Wrench, 130 mm 4 Wrench, 77 mm 12 Wrench, 77 mm. and 49 mm 16 Wrench, 40 mm. and 26 mm. 8 Wrench, 20 mm. and 17 mm 8 Wrench, 32 mm. (pin) 4 Wrench, piston-rod nut n armament chest Tools and accessories, reconnoissance car body. 1 Ax 1 Shovel, long-handled 1 Shovel, short-handled 1 Can, safety, 1-gallon 1 Lantern, complete, including globe and wick. 1 Mat, cocoa fiber 2 Pads, lantern bracket, complete On reconnoissance car body IV 9 2 Straps, lantern bracket 2 Straps, 12 inches long, style AV, 7 holes ( 1 for axe; 1 for long-handled shovel). 2 Straps, 15 inches long, style AV, 7 holes (1 for long-handled shovel; 1 for short-handled shovel). 1 Oil, medium, gasoline engine, gallon .. 2 Buckets, water, canvas 177 Statement of total equipment of one 155 mm. gun battery-Continued. War footing, 4 guns and 20 Article. . Location, etc. Property classi-fication. nition ammu-trucks. Class. Section. chassis, White, model TEB-O. Tools and accessories, reconnaissance car, 1 Tool box with 3 trays, containing- 1 ordnance handbook, 1-ton chassis, White, model TE B-0-6,1918. 1 screw driver, 3-inch 1 screw driver, 6-inch . 1 file and handle 1 wrench, bicycle 1 wrench, open end, No. 25 • 1 wrench, open end, No. 31 1 wrench, open end, No. 27 1 wrench, open end, No. 29 1 wrench, auto, 9-inch 1 pliers 1 wrench, M. hub 1 wrench, magneto 1 gun, grease In tool box, reconnoissance car . . 1 gun, oil 2 wrenches, valve-adjusting 1 wrench, carburetor socket 1 handle, carbureter socket wrench 1 jack and handle , 1 puller, cotter pin 1 wrench, demountable rim 1 hammer 30 pins, extra cotter 2 straps, kick IV 9 1 boot, crank 1 wrench, valve plug socket 1 handle, valve plug socket wrench 1 pump, tire 1 outfit, tire repair 1 Bumper, front, with towing hooks . 1 Searchlight, Solar No. 167-WTS, complete, C. M. Ball Mfg. Co. 1 Generator acetylene, Hall No. 1012-B. 1 Extinguisher, fire, Pyrene, quart size, filled, complete with brackets, etc. 1 Paulin, 12 by 12 feet 1 Flashlight, without rubber hood 2 Batteries, extra, for flashlight 1 Bulb, extra, for flashlight On reconnoissance car 1 Drift, copper, 4 inches long, I inch diameter. 1 Drift, copper, 6 inches long, f inch diameter, pneumatic. . 1 Tire, 36 by 6 inches, pneumatic, Goodyear or equal. 1 Calcium carbide, 4-pound can 1 Cover, searchlight, canvas 1 Chain, towing , Tools and accessories, artillery trac:or, 10-ton, model of 1917, armored. 1 Pintle, complete with spring and housing shank. 2 Brackets, side lamp 1 Bracket tail lamp 2 Lamps, side, Dietz Champion 1 Lamp, tail, Dietz Royal 1 Cushion, seat 1 Wrench, special, for flywheel and track bolts. 1 Wrench, special "S," for connecting • rod and bearings. On tractor IV 11 1 Set grousers, straight type, with as- sembling bolts. 1 Wrench, magneto..... 1 Screw driver, magneto 1 Track wrench 1 Jackscrew, Vulcan, 2 by 12 inches, with bar. 1 Armor, inclosing engine and radiator, set. 1 Armor, inclosing fuel tank, set 1 Ax. 178 Statement of total equipment of one 1,5 nun. gun battery—Continued. Property classification. Class. Section. Tools and accessories, artillery tractor, 10-ton, model of 1917, armorea—Con. Straps, 12 inches long, style AV, 7 holes (ax handle, 1; hatchet handles, 2). Lantern, complete, with globe and wick. Pads, lantern bracket, complete Can, safety, 1 gallon Straps, lantern Buckets, canvas, water Strap, 22.75 inches long, style AV, 7 holes (for water bucket). Straps, 15 inches long, style AV, 7 holes (short-handled shovel, 2). Strap, 15 inches long, style AVS, holes (for pick mattock). Paulin, 12 by 12 inches. Hatchets Mattock, pick Shovels, short-handled Gallon oil, medium, gasoline engine Cover for radiator Cushion, gasoline tank. Strap, cushion, gasoline tank Extinguisher, fire, Pyrene, quart size, filled, complete. Lamp, side right Lamp, side left Lamp, tail . Motor vehicle tool box, model 1918, containing- 1 Ordnance handbook, Artillery tractor, 10-ton, model 1917. 1 canvas cover for ordnance handbook. 1 book, "Audels Automobile Questions and Answers for Operators and Repairmen." 2 batteries, extra, for flashlight 1 bulb, extra, for flashlight 1 assembly breaker 1 chain, towing, 15 inches long 1 chisel, cold, by 6 inches 1 chisel, cold, by 8 inches 1 chisel, cold., by 6 inches 1 chisel, cold, by 6 inches, dia- mond point. 1 calcium carbide, 1-pound can . 1 drift, copper, by 6 inches 1 drift, solid, h-inch point, 5.6 inches long. 1 file, flat, bastard, double cut, 10 inches long. 1 file, half-round, bastard, 10 inches long. 1 file, square, bastard, A-inch, double cut, 10 inches long. 1 file, finch, round, bastard, 10 inches long. 1 file, three-cornered, finch taper, single cut, second cut. 2 files, magneto, Disston's 1 flashlight,. American E veready, No. 1991, without rubber hood. 1 gauge, thickness, or feeler, Star- rett No. 72. 1 gun, grease and oil, with two nozzles. 12 gaskets, spark plug 1 hammer, lull pein, 12-ounce, standard handle. 1 hammer, ball pein, 24-ounce, standard handle. 1 hammer, soft babbitt 1 jack. screw, Vulcan, size 11 by 10 inches, 10-Ion capacity, with bar 2 oilers, dome type 2 1 1 2, 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 In tool box on tractor On tractor • IV War footing, 4 guns and 20 ammunition trucks. Article. Location, etc. 179 Statement of total equipment of one 155 Min. gun battery-Continued. War footing, • • . Property classi-ncation. 4 guns and 20 Article. Location, etc. ammu- nition Class. Section. trucks. Tools and accessories, artillery tractor, 10-ton, model of 1917, armored—Con. Motor vehicle tool box, model 1918, containing—Continued. 1 puller and spreader, cotter pin, 1 1 by 61 inches long 1 box of assorted cotter pins 1 pair pliers, 8-inch combination gas .. . 1 pair pliers, 6-inch round nose.... . 1 pair pliers, 8-inch side cutting.. 1 pinch bar, 27 inches long 1 punch, center, 4i- inches long , 4 plugs, spark I rule, folding steel, 12 inches long, Starrett No. 450, M. & E 2 shackles, standard, round pin, drop forged steel, Anchor style, size f inch. 1 1 set of 3 carbon scrapers. .... 1 screw driver 1 screw driver, all steel, 9 inches long 1 screw driver, offset, 6 inches long, straight handle 1 sledge, model 1907. • 2 tape, friction, 1-- inch, fpound rolls 1 wrench, monkey, 6 inches long, _ steel handle 1 wrench, monkey, 15 inches long, steel handle 1 wrench, pipe, 6 inches long, steel handle steel handle 1 wrench, pipe, 10 inches long, IV 11 1 wrench, adjustable "S" 6 inches _ In tool box on tractor 1 wrench, adjustable "S" 10 inches 1 wrench, spark plug , 1 wrench, magneto. inch milled openings 1 1 wrench? double end T.5-6- and I- 2 wrenches, double end H and .1- inch milled openings 2 wrenches, double end, -f, and -inch milled openings 2 wrenches, double end, it and . Winch milled openings 1 double-end wrench, i and 1- • • inch milled openings 1 wrench, double end, 4.4 and i- inch milled openings 1 wrench, double end, 14 and 1-1-- . inch milled openings 1 wrench, double end 1-A- and 1A-inch milled openings 1 wrench, double end .14 and 1- inch milled openings . 1 wrench, double end 1 and 1- inch milled openings 1 box washers, lock, assorted. 1 pound waste, white cotton 1 spool wire, copper, No. 16, B. Iii S 1 spool wire, soft steel, No. 16, IL & S 75312° --18 ----17. 180 Statement of total equipment of one 155 mm. gun, battery-Continued. Article. Tools and accessories, chassis, Nash, models 4017-A and 4017-L. Extinguisher, fire, pyrene, quart size, complete, filled, including bracket, etc. Searchlight, acetylene (model 4017-L). Generator, acetylene (model 4017-L)._ Searchlight, electric (model 40177A). Cover, searchlight Chains, nonskid, complete Box for tire chains, 18 by 10 by 9 inches _ Eyes for nonskid chains (Clark disk wheels). Paulin, 12 by 12 feet Top Over driver's seat, with storm apron and side curtains. Transoms, standard Pintle, complete, with spring and housing. Lamps, side, oil (model 4017-L) Lamp, tail, oil (model 4017-L Lamps, side, electric (model 4017-A) _ Lamp, tail, electric (model 4017-A)... _ Signal, hand, warning Speedometer (model 4017-L) Odometer (model 4017-A) Motor vehicle tool box, mode11918, containing: 3 pins, transmission, silent chain, complete. 1 belt, fan, extra 1 keys switch, extra Packing, spare, for water pump: 16 washers by 1 by 14 inches, for Buda motor. 1 lifter, valve, for Buda motor 3 wrenches, valve, tappet for Buda motor. 1 wrench, transmission, spanner, No. 33165. 1 wrench, hub, cap, No. 32773 1 wrench, valve cap, No. 33166 1 wrench, magneto, No. 33164 1 Ordnance Handbook, 2-ton truck chassis, Nash, model 4017 A-1917. 1 cover, canvas, for Ordnance Hand- books. 1 book, " A udel's automobile questions and answers for operators and repairmen," Rheodore Audcl 2 batteries, extra, for flashlight 1 bulb, extra, for flashlight 1 breaker, assembly, magneto 1 chain, towing, 15 feet long 1 chisel, cold, 11 by 6 inches 1 chisel, cold, 4 by 8 inches 1 chisel, cold, 4 by 6 inches 1 chisel, cold, 4 by 6 inches, diamond point. 1 calcium carbide 1-pound can 1 draft, copper, A by 4 inches.. 1 drift, copper, by (finches 1 drift, solid, Much point, 4 inches 1011g. 1 file, flat bastard, double cut, 10 inches long. 1 File, half round bastard, 10 inches long. 1 file, square, bastard, .166-incli, double cut, I() inches long. 1 file, round, bastard, 10 inches long. 1 filo, three-cornered, 4-inch, taper, cut, second cut. 2 files, magneto, " Disston's" War footing, 4 guns and 20 ammunition trucks. 1 1 1 1 1 32 1 64 1 5 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Property classification. On chassis In tool box Location, etc. lv Class. Section. 9 181 Statement of total equipment of one 155 mm. gun battery-Continued. . War footing, 4 guns and 20 ammunition trucks. Location, etc. Article. Tools and accessories, chassis, Nash, models 4017-A and 4017-L—Contd. 1 flashlight, American Eveready, No. \ 1991, without rubber hood. 1 gauge, thickness, or feeler, Starrett No. 72. 1 gun, grease and oil, with two nozzles 12 gaskets, for spark plugs 1 hammer, ball pein, 12-ounce, standard handle. 1 hammer, ball pein, 24-ounce, standard handle, "maydole" or equal. 1 hammer, soft babbitt 1 Jack screw, vulcan, size 1.1 by 10 inches, ton capacity, with bar. 2 oilers, dome type 1 puller and spreader, cotter pin, by 62 inches long, Bay State. 1 pins, cotter, box of assorted 1 pliers, pair of 8-inch combination gas 1 pliers, pair of 6-inch round nose 1 pliers, pair of 8-inch side cutting 1 pinch bar, 27 inches long 1 punch, center 42 inches long 4 plugs, spark 1 rule, folding steel, 12 inches long 2 shackles, standard, round pin, drop forged steel, Anchor style, size 4 inch 1 scrapers, set of 3, carbon 1 screwdriver 1 screwdriver, all steel, 9 inches long 1 screwdriver, offset 6 inches long, straight handle. 2 tape, friction, finch, -pound rolls 2 tips, -2 lava, cubic foot per hour, for gas searchlight burner. 1 wrench, monkey, 6 inches Jong, steel handle. 1 wrench, monkey, 15 inches long, steel handle. 1 wrench, pipe, 6 inches long, steel handle. 1 wrench, pipe, 10 inches long, steel handle. 1 wrench, adjustable " S," 6 inches 1 wrench, adjustable " S," 10 inches 1 wrench, spark plug 1 wrench, magneto 1 wrench, double end, * and inch, milled openings. 2 wrenches, double end, it and 2 inch, milled openings. 2 wrenches, double end, and inch, milled openings. 2 wrenches, double end, and * inch, milled openings. 1 -wrench, double end, I and I inch, milled openings . 1 wrench, double end, :-14 and j inch, milled openings. 1 wrench, double end, I+ and fi inch, milled openings. 1 wrench, double end, j and 1 inch, milled openings. 1 wrench, double end, 1 and 11 inch, milled openings. 1 wrench, double end, and 1* inch, mil led openings. 1 washer, lock, box of assorted 1 waste, white cotton, pound 1 wire, copper, No. 16 B. & S., spool 1 wire, soft steel, No. 16 B. & S., spool / In tool box Property classification. Class. Section. Iv 9 182 Statement of total equipment of one 15.5 111»1. gun battery-Continued. Article. Property classification. Sectio, Tools and accessories, F. W. D., chassis, Model B-1917. • War rooting, 4 guns and 20 ammunition trucks. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 32 1 32 64 2 1 1 1 1 Location, etc. Class. Iv On chassis. In tool box, on chassis Fire extinguisher, Tyrene, complete Extinguisher bracket Searchlight, acetylene, complete Searchlight yoke swivel Searchlight bracket. Searchlight cover complete Generator, acetylene, complete, including bracket. Paulin, 12 by 12 feet Chains, nonskid chain complete Box for tire chains, 18 by 10 by 9 inches Clamps, spoke, for nonskid chains, West steel wheels, or Eyes for nonskid chains, Clarke disk wheels. Lamps, side oil (Adlake type No. 4481). Lamp, tail oil (Adlake type No. 4482) Signal hand warning. Speedometer, Stewart & Warner No. 131M. Top over driver's seat, with storm apron and side curtains. Motor vehicle tool box, model 1918, containing: 3 pins, transmission silent chain, complete. 1 belt, fan, extra 1 key, switch, extra packing, spare for water pump. 1 lifter, valve for Wisconsin motor. 3 wrenches, valve tappet for Wisconsin motor. 1 wrench, hub cap, F. W. D. No. B20. 1 wrench, valve cap, F. W. D. No. 1660B. 1 wrench, magneto, F. W. D. No. 1832B. 1 skein nut wrench, No. 155 1 hollow set screw wrench, No. 3024B. 4 skien nut washer No. 675B. 1 cover, canvas, for ordnance handbooks. 1 ordnance handbook 3-ton truck, chassis F. W. D., model B 1917. 1 book, "Audel's Automobile Questions and Answers for Operators and Repairmen," Theodore Audel Co. 2 batteries, extra, for flashlight, tungsten, American Eveready Co., No. 793. 1 bulb, extra for flashlight, Mazda, American Eveready Co., No. 1197. 1 breaker assembly, magneto 1 chain, towing, 15 feet long 1 chisel, cold, by 6 inch 1 chisel, cold, by 8 inch 1 chisel, cold, by 6 inch 1 chisel, cold, a by 6 inch, diamond point. 1 calcium carbide, 4-pound can 1 drift, copper, # by 4 inch I drift, copper, I by 6 inch. 1 drift, solid 12,-inch point, 5.6 inches long. 1 file, flat bastard, double cut, 10 inches long. 1 file, half round bastard, 10 inches long. 9 183 statement of total equipment of one 155 mm. gun battery—continued. Property classification. Article. Section. War footing, 4 guns end 20 '11711111.11- trucks. Location, etc. Class. Tools and accessories, F. w D., chassis, Model B-1917—Continued. Motor vehicle tool box, model 1918, containing—Continued. 1 file, square bastard, *inch, double cut, 10 inches long. 1 file, finch round bastard, 10 inches long. 1 file, three-cornered, finch taper, single cist, second cut. 2 files, magneto, Disston's 1 flashlight, American Everready, No. 1991, without rubber hood. 1 gauge thickness, or feeler, Star- rettNo. 72. 1 gun, grease and oil, with two nozzles. 12 gaskets, for spark plugs 1 hammer, ball pein, 12-ounce, standardhandle. 1 hammer, ball pein, 24-ounce, standard handle, Maydole or equal. 1 hammer, soft babbitt 1 jackscrew, Vulcan, size 11 by 10 inches, 10-ton capacity with bar. 2 oilers, dome type 1 puller and spreader, cotter pin, by 61 inches long, Bay State 1 pins, cotter, box of assorted 1 pliers, pair of 8-inch combination gas. 1 pliers, pair of 6-inch round-nose.. 1 pliers, pair of 8-inch side-cutting. 1 pinch-bar, 27 inches long 1 punch, center, 41 inches long, Bay State. 4 plugs, spark 1 rule, folding steel, 12 inches long, Starrett, No. 450, M. & E. 2 shackles, standard., round pin, drop-forged steel, Anchor style, size inch, No. 213. 1 scraper, set of 3 carbon 1 screw driver 1 screw driver, all steel, 9 inches long. 1 screw driver, offset, 6 inches long, straight handle. 2 tape, friction, finch, 1-pound rolls. 2 tips, lava, I cubic foot per hour, for gas searchlight burner. 1 wrench, monkey, 6 inches long, steel handle, Trimo. 1 wrench, monkey, 15 inches long, steal handle, Trimo. 1 wrench, pipe, 6 inches long, steel handle, 'Primo. 1 wrench, pipe, 10 inches long, steel handle, 'Primo. 1 wrench, adjustable " S," 6-inch, Wescott pattern. 1 wrench, adjustable "S," 10-inch, Wescott pattern. 1 wrench, spark plug 1 wrench, mayneto 1 wrench, double end Iris and inch milled openings. 2 wrenches, double end H and 1 inch milled openings. 2 wrenches, double end 17Er and inch milled operlings. 2 wrenches, double end f and fit inch milled openings. 1 In tool box, on chassis Iv 9 184 Statement of total equipment of one 155 mm. gun battcry-Continued. Article. Location, etc. Tools and accessories, F. W. D., chassis, Model B-1917—Continued. Motor vehicle tool box, model 1918, containing—Continued. 1 wrench, double end, f and I inch milled openings. 1 wrench, double end 14 and inch milled openings. 1 wrench, double end 11 and p, inch milled openings. 1 wrench, double end 14 and 1 inch milled openings. 1 wrench, double end 1f and In tool box, on chassis 11 inch, milled openings. 1 wrench, double end 1-? and 1A inch milled openings. 1 washers, lock, box of assorted.... 1 waste, white cotton, pound 1 wire, copper, No. 16 B. & S., spool 1 wire, soft steel, No. 16 B. & S. spool. Tools and accessories ammunition truck, model 1918 body. Bolts, transom Separators, transom, 51 by inch, full weight, wrought-iron pipe. Bolts, 0.75 by 7f inches S. A. E Bolts, 0.75 by 1 inches S. A. E Nuts, castellated, S. A. E., 0.75-inch Nuts, castellated, S. A. E., 0.75-inch... _ Pins, split, 0.125 by 1.5 inches Cover cable, complete Supports for cover cable, complete (including). Pins, split, 0.25 by 2.25 inches Cover, canvas, for ammunition truck body. Ax Straps, 12 inches long, style AV, 7 doles: 1 for ax handle. 1 for long-handle shovel. 2 for hatchets. Straps, 15 inches long, style AV, 7 On ammunition truck, body holes: 1 for long-handle shovel. 1 for short-handle shovel. • Strap, 22.75 inches long, style AV, 7 holes (for water bucket). Strap, 15 inches long, style AVS, 7 holes (for pick mattock). Straps, lantern Lantern, complete, including globe and wick. Pads, lantern bracket, complete Cans, safety, 1-gallon Buckets, canvas, water, complete Shovel, long-handled hatchets Mattock, pick Mat, coco, for floor and sides, set Shovel, short-handled Gallon oil, medium, gasoline engine_ Gallon kerosene Tools and accessories, tank-truck body. The tools and accessories are the same as on the ammunition truck , body, with the following additions: Drums, for gasoline, 55 gallons, galvan- iced iron, 14 gauge. On truck. Pumps, gasoline, rotary, band, com- plete, with 15 feet rubber hose. Carrier, barrel, complete Seat War footing, 4 guns and 20 ammunition trucks. 2 2 2 6 2 8 10 1 2 2 1 1 4 2 1 1 3 1 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 •1 1 5 2 1 1 Property classification. Class. Section. IV 9 185 Statement of total equipment of one 155 mm. gum battery-Continued. War footing, Article. Location, etc. Property classification. 4 guns and 20 ammunition trucks. Class. Section. 1 Tools and accessories, artillery supply 10 truck. 2 Bench, chest 12 Separators transom, I by 5-1, inches, full weight, wrought-iron pipe. Bolts, by U inches, S. A. E Bolts, by 7 inches S. A. E Nuts, --a-inch, S. A. E., castellated, with spliepins. 1 Support for supply chests 1 Cover, canvas, for supply body 1 Pole, ridge, wood 1 Ax 4 Straps, 12 inches long, style AV, 7 holes (1 for ax handle; 1 for pickax handle; 2 for hatchet handles). Lantern, complete, including globe and wick. 2 Pads, lantern bracket, complete 1 Can, safety, 1-gallon 2 Straps, lantern bracket 2 Buckets, water, canvas 1 Strap, 22.75 inches long, style AV, 1 holes (for water bucket). IV 9 Vise, swivel jaw (Prentiss, No. 19) _ . 3 Bolts, by 2 inches, U. S. S 3 Washers, lock,t-inch 3 Nuts, *-inch, J. S. S 3 Washers, plain, -1-inch 2 Shovels, short-handled 2 Straps, 15 inches long, style AV, 7 holes (for short-handied shovel). 2 Hatchets 1 Pick ax 1 Gallon oil, medium, gasoline engine. _ 3 Chests, supply 1 Chest, spring 4 Straps, 34-inch, style DV, 8 holes _ On artillery supply truck 8 Straps, 52-inch, style DV, 10 holes Artillery supply truck, load A. 1 Chest, spring 1 Chest, supply (containing spare parts for guns, gun carriages, caissons, and limbers). 20 Chest, supply, containing— VII 5 20 Bolo, model 1917 Scabbards, bolo, model 1917 1 Brush, varnish, No 4-0 } X 10 2 Brushes, varnish, No. 5-0 25 Feet cable, high tension, Packard I 9 S. A. E. ignition. Leather, bridle, back 1 Leather, collar, back IN' 8 Leather, I,atigo, side 1 Leather, harness, back 1 Magneto, Eisemann G-4, second edi- tion, complete, with im.pu-se starter, clockwise rotation for Nash trucks; counterclockwise rotation fort. w-. d. truck. IV 3 6 Pliers, wire cutting, 8-inch 24 Plugs, spark, inch, S. A. E. standard Titan. 4 Tape, friction, I inch, half-pound rolls.. 4 Tape, rubber, !; inch, half-pound rolls_ _ Wire, copper, No. 16 gauge, B. & S., spool. TV 9 1 Wire, soft steel, No. 16 gauge, B. & S., spool. 1 1 Chest for duplex chain block (2-ton) IV 3 1 containing- I) uplex chain block, Y. & T., 2-ton. 186 Ptatement of total equipment of one 155 mm. gun battery-Continued. Property classification. Location, etc.- Class. Section. Article. 9 10 9 3 9 IV X IV iv X Artillery supply truck, load A—Con- tinued. Chest, fluid A, carried on top of supply chest, containing— Brushes, varnish, No. 6-0 Brushes, paint, 4-inch, flat (commercial). Cans, 21-gallon capacity- 6 will contain lubricating oil 6 will contain recoil cylinder oil. 2 will contain camouflage paint, green. 2 will contain camouflage paint, yellow. 2 will contain camouflage paint, cream. 1 will contain camouflage paint, black. 1 will contain kerosene Oil, lubricating, gallons. Oil,. recoil cylinder, gallons Paint for camouflage, green, gallons. Paint for camouflage, yellow, gallons. Paint for camouflage, cream, gallons. Paint for camouflage, black, gallons. Kerosene, gallons Boxes, paste, for stencil Paste, stencil, black, ounces Paste, stencil, white, ounces Straps, 34 inches long, style DV, 8 holes. Straps, 52 inches long, style DV, 10 holes. Chest, grindstone, carried in bench On artillery supply truck chest, containing— Grindstone with frame, complete.. Wrench, grindstone spanner Chest, carried in bench chest, car- penter's, with tools complete. This includes— Ax, bench Bags, canvas, for small stores Bevel, 8-inch Bits, augur, sizes, 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 0.1, 1.25, and 1.5 inch. Bit, expansive, two cutters, 0.875 to 3 inches. Bits, screw driver, sizes 0.375, 0.625, and 0.75 inch. Bit, wood countersink, 0.625 inch diameter. Brace, ratchet, 10-inch sweep Chisels, socket, framing sizes, 0.75, 1, and 1.5 inch. Divider, wing, 10-inch Drills, twist; sizes, 0.187 inch ( ,), 0.218 inch (-372), 0.25 and 0.281 inch (, ). File, 10-inch flat bastard Files, saw, sizes 4 and Ii inch. Gauge, marking Gauges, socket, firmer, sizes 0.5 and 1 inch. hammer, claw I land les' It le II and tool, containing 10 tools Knife, drawing, 9-inch blade Mallet Mail set Oiler War footing, 4 guns and 20 aramu-nit on trucks. 1 2 -4 20 15 15 5 5 5 21 21 2 5 5 4 8 1 1 1 2 1 6 1 3 1 1 3 1 4 1 6 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 187 Ptatement of total equipment of one 155 inm. gun battery-Continued. War footing, 4 guns and 20 ammu-mtion trucks. Property classification. Class. Section. Article. Location, etc. X Iv X Iv X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 3 1 1 1 3 20 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 5 5 6 Artillery supply truck, load A —Contd. This includes—Continued. Stone, oil, unmounted Pincers, small 6-inch Plane, jack, 16-inch Plane, smoothing, 8-inch Plate, augur-handle Rasp, wood, 10-inch Reamer, half round Rule, boxwood, 2-foot, fourfold... _ Saw, crosscut, 24-inch, 7-point Saw, rip, 25-inch, 5-point Set, saw Screw driver, 5-inch blade Spoke shave Square, steel Tape, linen, 100 feet Vice, table, 2.5-inch jaw Wrench, screw, 12-inch Chest for cleaning material and small stores, arried bench chest con- taining— Brushes, sash, No. 3 Brushes, sash No. 5 Brush, camel's hair. Burners, lantern Chamois skins Cloth, crocus, quire Cloth, emery, No. 0, quire Cloth, emery, No. 00, quire Cloth, emery, No. quire Globes, lantern Dressing, leather, russet, boxes. _ - _ Outfit, marking, leather Outfit, marking, metal Oil, clock, 1-ounce bottle Oil, raw linseed, 1-pint can Petrolatum (in tin box) ounce . . _ _ Cans, 1-gallon capacity, for sal soda Sal soda, pounds Seal stamp (in stencil box) Outfit, stencil Plate, stencil, Ordnance Department insignia. Sandpaper, No. 00, quire Sandpaper, No. 2-1, quire Wicks, lantern Chest, miscellaneous (carried in bench chest) Chest, for testing level (carried in miscellaneous chest). Level, testing, complete (carried in testing level chest). Box, oil (carried in miscellaneous chest) Cans, 1-gallon capacity (to contain light slushing oil). Oil, light slushing, gallons Cans. II-gallon capacity- 1 will contain sperm oil 1 will contain neat's-foot oil 1 will contain 0. D. paint, second coat. 1 will contain 0. D. paint, third coat. 1 will contain Japan drier 1 will contain cosmic No. 80, soft. _ Oil, sperm, gallon Oil? neat's-foot, gallon Paint, olive drab, second coat, gallon_ Paint, olive drab, third coat, gallon Drier, Japan, gallon Cosmic, No. 80, soft, gallon 9 3 3 10 On artillery supply truck 188 Ptatement of total equipment of one 1,75 mm. gun battery-Continued. War foot ng, - . Property classi-fication. 4 guns and 20 ammunition trucks. Article. . Location, etc. Class. Section. Artillery supply truck, load A—Contd. , • 1 Tool kit, saddler's, sheepskin, with . tools, complete (carried in bench chest); this includes- . 1 Saddler's sheepskin tool kit 12 Blades, awl, harness, Nos. 43 to 48, inclusive 1 Awl, pegging 1 Awl, seat, handled 1 Bag, cavas, for small stores 1 Carriage, pricking, 3 wheels _ 1 Compass, 6-inch 1 Creaser, double lignum-vitm , 1 Tool, edge, No. 1 1 Tool, edge, No. 2 2 Blades, extra with followers for draw gauge. 1 Gauge, draw, brass, without guard 1 Handle, peg awl, with wrench_ _ _ . 1 Hammer, No. 3, riveting 2 Hafts, patent awl, with wrench.. . 1 Knife, round . . 1 Knife, splitting, 6-inch X 9 1 Needlecase, leather • 1 Needles, glover's, No. 3, paper ... _ 2 Needles, harness, No. 4, paper 2 Needles, harness, No. 5, paper. 2 Needles, harness, No. 6, paper. 12 Needles, sacking, assorted 1 Nippers, cutting, 10-inch 1 Oilstone, unmounted 1 Pliers, 6-inch 4 Punches, round, assorted 1 Punch, revolving, 4 tubes 1 Rivet, set. 1 1 Rule, boxwood, 2-foot, 4-fold 1 Palm, sewing, leather.. • 1 Slicker steel_ . 1 Shears,, 10-inch bent, trimmers_ On artillery supply truck 1 Knife, shoe, broad point , 1 Knife, shoe, square point 1 Clamp, stitching 1 Screw driver, 3-inch blade . 1 Tool, claw 2 Thimbles, best aluminum lined, 2 sizes. Carried in floor locker: 4 Handles, ax 4 Handles, hatchet 4 Handles, pickax • 3 Handles, shovel, short 2 Handles, sledge, model 1907... 20 Sponges, 4-inch IV 9 25 Waste, white cotton, pounds Carried where most expedient: 2 Crowbars, 60 inch 1 Rope, manila, 1 inch diameter, 150 feet 1 Rivets and burrs, brass, 0.5-inch, No. 10, pound X 10 1 Rivets and burrs,brass, 0.625-inch, No. 10, pound 2 . I Iandles, shovel, long 6 Blades, awl, harness, assorted, No. 43-48, inclusive. IV 9 , . 1 J I ;tits awl, patent, with wrench, S. C. S. Osborne Co. No. 146. 10 Buckles, bar tongueless, Finch, brass. 15 Buckles, bar tongueless, 1-inch, 10 brass. X 10 Buckles, roller bar, g-inch, bronze.. 50 Buckles, roller, 1i-inch, bronze__ 20 Buckles, satchel, it-inch, bronze.... 25 Buckles, wire, 1-inch, brass , 189 Statement of total equipment of one 155 mm. gnu battery-Continued. War looting, 4 guns and 20 ammunition trucks. Article. Location, etc. Property classification. Class. Section. 10 Artillery supply truck, load A—Con- X IV 10 23 tinued. X 9 25 Carried where most expedient—Con. 9 5 Button, style No. 1, with washer._ _ 10 25 Duck„ cotton olive drab, 22-inch, 10 No. 1, yards. 2 10 1 1 Clips, end, i-inch, brass 1 Clips, end, 1-inch, brass 1 Clips, end, 11-inch, brass 100 Fastenings, Carr, durable, male and female. 2 Hooks, side strap wheel 2 Fastenings, Mills' military Needles, Glovers, No. 3, papers... _ Needles, harness, No. 4, papers.... Needles, harness, No. 5, papers_ Needles, harness, No. 6, papers_ Rope, i-inch, manila hemp, foot_ Screws, wood, 1-inch, brass, No. 6, 1 gross packages. 1 Sheepskins with wool on 1 Tacks, copper, No. 12, pound 1 paper. 1 • Tacks, copper, No. 20, i-pound paper. 1 Thimble, aluminum-lined steel, size 4 inch. 1 Thread, carpet, No. 18, olive drab, pound. 1 Thread, shoe, No. 3, brown, pound_ Thread, shoe, No. 10, brown, pound. Wax, stitching, brown, winter, pound. 20 Webbing, olive drab, heavy cotton, I-inch, yard. 30 , Webbing, olive drab, heavy cotton, 1-inch, yards. 1 Sledge, model 1907 On artillery supply truck IV 9 1 Block, snatch, for 1.25-inch rope_ 12 Soap, castile, cakes X 10 1 Block, tackle, double, 8-inch 2 Bucket, water, galvanized steel Spare parts, reconnoissance car, White chassis, model T. E. B.-O. 2 Spark plugs 1 Belt, fan 3 Pin, fan belt connector 6 Gaskets, engine,. cylinder, and valve plug. 2 Valve, engine 2 Spring, engine valve 2 Key, engine valve spring 1 Nozzle, low speed 1 Nozzle, high speed 1 Nozzle, starting Gasket, carburetor nozzle plug IV 9 1 Gasket, carburetor intake pipe, upper 1 Gasket, carburetor intake pipe, lower 2 Valve, oil pump cheek complete 4 Gland, oil line compression union 4 Nut, oil line compression union gland. 1 Wire, copper, No. 18, 25-foot spool 1 Tape, friction, i-inch, roll Lamps, side, Adelake, No. 4480 combination. 1 Lamp, tail, Adelake, No. 4482 combi-itation. 2 Chains, tire, 36 by 6 inches, sets 1 Speedometer, Stewart-Warner, No. 67-A. 1 Pump, power tire 2 Rim, demob ntable, 36 by (1 inches 1 Signal, warning 190 8latentent of total equipment of one 155 mm. gun battery-Continued. Property classification. Article. Location, etc. Class. War footing, 4 guns and 20 ammunition trucks. Section. 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 21 Spare parts, reconnoissance car, White chassis,model T. E.B.-O.—Contd. Blacksmith's tool chest, containing— - Anvil, 100-pound Apron Bag, canvas, for nails Box, leather shoeing Chisel, cold, 8-inch Chisel, handled, for cold iron Chisel, handled, for hot iron Clinching iron Cutting nippers Drill, flat File, 12-inch-inch flat bastard Fire rake Fire shovel Flatter, handled Fore punch and creaser Forge, empire, portable Hammer, hand, 2-pound Hammer,riveting, 1 pound 2 ounce_ Hammer, shoeing, 10-ounce Handle, file, aluminum Hardie, 0.75 square shank, 1.25 bit. Oiler Pritchel, 0.75 flats Punch, nail Punch, round, 0.312-A diameter Punch, square Ratchet drill, for square shank drills. Rivet sets, sizes 15,, L I, .1-, and inch. Rule, boxwood, 2-foot, fourfold. _ Screw plate, taps, and dies, with tap wrench, including chest. Shoeing knives Shoe pinchers, 14-inch Shoe rasp, 16-inch Sledge, 11-pound Square, steel Toe knife Tongs, horseshoers, 12 inches long Tongs, for 0.25 iron Tongs, for 0.5 iron Vise Wrench, forge Wrench, screw Personal equipment. The equipment of the enlisted men of Field Artillery will be as follows (per man): Bacon can, model 1013 Canteen, model 1910 Canteen cover, dismoiinted, model 1910, or mounted for motorcycle. Cartridge, ball pistol or 20 car- tridge, ball revolver. Condiment can Cup Haversack, dismounted, or pack carrier for motor cycle. Helmet (in France) Identification tag 1'nife -Magazine, pistol extra Meat can, model 1910 Pistol or revolver PiAol belt without saber ring Pistol holster, model 191() Spoon Pouch for flrst-aid packet On artillery supply truck • 'arried by man TX VII IX VII lx VII IX IX IX IX 1 2 2 1 2 3 3 1 1 191 Statement of total equipment of one 155 mm. gun battery-Continued. War footing, 4 guns and 20 ammunition trucks. Article. Location, etc. Property classification. Class. Section. Personal equipment—Continued. The equipment of the enlisted men of Field Artillery will be as follows (per man)—Continued. 1 First-aid packet (medical department), furnished by Q. M. C. 1 Shelter tent, half }Carried by man IZ 1 1 Shelter tent, pole 5 Shelter, tent, pegs 1 Identification tag Fire-control equipment. Ordnance property: 4 Prismatic compass 1 Hand clinometer 6 Stop watches 2 Periscopes, azimuth instrument. 2 Azimuthinstruments, ordinary drawing material. 1 Set drawing instruments 1 Scale equal parts, metric 1 Semicircular protractor (6-inch), graduated in mils. 3 Metral arms, 1 meter long, graduated 1 to 20,000. 1 Range and deflection board ..... In reel truck - 12 Range tables 1 B. C. telescope, model 1915 Engineer property: 2 30-meter steel tapes 1 Stadia rod 4 Ranging rods 1 Plane table 0.24 by 31 with decli-nator open sight and telescope alidade. 6 Logarithmic tables Angular function mils. 1 Transit Signal Corps property: • 1 Amplifier, type 3, Ter., complete, with 3-4 volt and 2-40 volt storage battery. 1 8 Axes, hand 1 Bag, tool, service 2 Bars, digging, standard 9 Batteries, extra, Tungsten, type A . 24 Batteries, extra, Everready, No. 703. 5 Batteries, extra, Fda. T. M. signal lamps. 2 Bells, vibrating, 110 chm., 15-volt . 1 Belt lineman's, with safety strap _ 11 Binding posts 10 Books, field message 4 Bulbs, extra for flash lights n telephone truck 1 Cable, 1 pair lead km 2 Carts, reel, hand 1 Climbers, pair, with straps 1 Barometer graduated to milli- meters and inches. 140 Cross arms lm. by 10 cm. by 5 cm Flash lights, electric, complete . 40 Fuses, extra, 1-ampere, for 4 and 12 line boards. Glasses, field, Huet 8-power 1 Grip, Buffalo No. 2 2 I la mmers, sledge 1 I I ydro meter, Baume 16 Insulators, clamp 100 Insulators, pigtail 23 Insulators, pony NOTE.—The fire-control equipment as listed above is for Army Artillery. Divisional equipment is listed on page 123. 192 Statement of total equipment of one 155 nun. gun battery-Continued. War footing, Article. Location, etc. Property classi-fication. 4 guns and 20 ammunition trucks. Class. Section. . Fire-control equipment—Continued. Signal Corps property—Continued. 220 Insulators, wooden knob,French type, 2.5 cm. CM high, with nails. 640 Insulators, wooden knob, French type 4.5 cm. high, with nails. 8 Knives, electrician's 5 Lamps, signalling type, T. M., French. 5 Marlin (pounds) 8 Pliers, wire-cutting, 8-inch 1 Megaphone.. 2 2 Nails, 10 cm. long, KG 1 Panel for heavy artillery, diamond- shaped, adjacent angles 135° and . . 45°, each side 9 meters long, white. 1 Panel, for heavy artillery, diamond-shaped, adjacent angles . 35° and 45°, each side 9 meters long, black. 3 Panels for heavy artillery, dia- mond-shaped, adjacent angles • 135° each side, 3 meters long, white. 3 Panels for heavy artillery, dia.- . mond-shaped,. adjacent angles 135° and 45°, each side 3 meters long, black. 3 Panels, heavy artillery, rectangular, 9 m. by 3 m, 10 cm. diameter (Sapinottes), white. • . • . 3 Panels, heavy artillery, rectangular, 9 m. by 3 m., 10 cm. diam- eter (Sapinottes), black. In telephone truck. V , 100 Poles, lance 1 Projector, 14 cm. (packed 3 in cases with battery), case. 1 Receiving set, type "A,'• complete 1 Reel, breast, French type 35 Rope, 15 mm. diameter, meters_ . _ 4 Sprewdrivers, 6-inch . 300 Screws, lag, 10 mm. by 10 cm. (for cross arms). 2 Screws, wood, 5 mm. by 50 mm. gross. 1 Spoon, digging 400 Staples, insulated, Blake - 2 Switchboard, telephone, 4-line, . Monotype. 1 Monotype. Switchboard, telephone, 12-line, 3 . Tape, friction, pounds 2 Tape, rubber, pounds 12 Telephones, model 1375-B 5 Watches, wrist, luminous, with wristlet. 1 Wire, 0. I., for guys No. 12 km _ _ _ _ 8 Wire, twisted, pair, outpost kin_ 2 -Thermometers, graduated, Gent, Fahrenheit. 250 Poles, 2.3 to 2.5 m. long, 10 rin. diameter (Sapinotte). • 2 Pulley hl•ocks, double WE. No ' 760_ 330. INDEX. A. Page. Action of the breech mechanism 15 Action of the obturating mechanism 16 Accessories 56 Carriage 56 Adjustment of the sights, verification and 136 Additional tests 138 Adjustment and verification of the sights in the field 138 Adjustment of the peep sight, verification and.. 139 Ammunition 30 Ammunition truck body, model of 1918: Description 119 Weights, dimensions, etc .. 119 Artillery supply truck 121 Artillery tractor, 10-ton, model of 1917: Description 104 General operating information 111 Maintenance routine 146 Operating instructions 110 Weights, dimensions, etc 103 Axles: Carriage 53 Limber 66 Reconnoissance car 96, 100 F. W. D. Truck 79 Axle centering pins 51 Axle housing (bottom carriage) 51 Axle pivot 51 Axle shaft (Nash truck) 90 B. Bench chest 121 Body (reconnoissance car) 96 Bottom carriage 51 Brake 54 Brakes: F. W. D. truck 81 Nash truck. 91 Reconnoissance car 101 Tractor 110 Brakeman's seat 66 Breech mechanism: Action of breech mechanism 15 Action of obturating mechanism 16 Breechblock 13 Block carrier 13 (193) 194 Breach mechaninm—Continued. Page. Care and preservation of breech mechanism 17 Difficulties in opening and closing of breech 16 Obturator 13 Obturator spindle 13 Operating lever 13 Operating lever catch. 13. . To close breech 16 To open breech 15 C. Carburetion s-ystem (tractor) 107 Carburetor (reconnoissance car) 98 Carburetor (F. W. D. truck) 77 Carburetor (Nash truck) 88 Care and preservation of the gun and breech mechanism 17 Cartridge 31 Care of the recoil mechanism 57 Care of the sights 135 Carriage: Description 49-57 Care of recoil mechanism 57-61 Nomenclature of parts 41-48 Weights, dimensions, etc 40 Carriage limber: Description 66-67 Nomenclature of parts 63-65 Weights, dimensions, etc 62 Cleaning of gun carriage and gun carriage limber 142 Clock oil 168 Clutch: F. W. D. truck 77 Nash truck 89 Reconnoissance car 99 Tractor 107 Clutch alignment joint (F. W. D. truck) 78 Coal oil .. 169 Combination fuzes 33 Connecting shaft 52 Control levers: F. W. D. truck 81 Nash truck 91 Reconnoissance car ... 100 Tractor .. 110 Common steel shell 31 • Cooling systems: Nashtruck ............................................................ 88 Reconnaissance car ... 98 Tractor 106 Counterbalance 15 Counter-recoil mechanism . 49-50 1 Cradle 49 Drive shaft (reconnoissance car) Drive shaft (F. W. D. truck) ... E. Elevating mechanism. 53 Engineer property 122,124 Engine: F. W. D. truck 75 Nash truck 87 Tractor 105 ' Reconnoissance car, .. 97 Engine oil No. 1 168 Equivalents, table of 7 Equipment, list of 9 Equipment, table of 171-192 Exhaust system (Nash truck): F. W. D. truck 77 Nash truck 89 Reconnoissance car 99 F. Fan (Nash truck) 88 Fire-control equipment 122-125 Firing mechanism (French type, percussion primer): Block 14 Block safety latch 15 Firing pin 14 Firing pring 14 Housing 14 Interchangeability with other guns 15 Operation 15 Plunger 14 Percussion hammer 14 Floor locker 121 Foot control: F. W. D. truck 81 Nash truck 91 Reconnoissance car 101 Frame: Limber 66 F. W. D. truck 81 Nash truck 92 Reconnoissance car 101 Fuses: Combination. 33 Frankford Arsenal, 31-second . 33-36 Point detonating, Mark III 37 Point detonating, Mark IV 37 Fuse setter, hand 38 F. W. D., 3-ton truck chassis: Description .......................................... ------------------- 75-82 Weights, dimensions, etc ------------------------------------------------ 74. 75312°-18----18 195 Page. D. 100 79 196 F. W. D., 3-ton truck chassis—Continued. Page. Maintenance routine 152-158 Operating instructions 82 General instructions 83-84 G. Gas shell 32 Gasoline tank: F. W. D. truck 77 Nash truck 89 Reconnoissance car 99 Gear box 52 General information: Instructions for riveting 141 Instructions for maintenance of material 142 Painting artillery materiel 140 Oils for artillery materiel 168-169 Repairs for field artillery materiel 170 Governor: F. W. D. truck 77 Nash truck 88 Tractor 107 Grease gun 56 Gun, model of 1918: Description 12 Nomenclature of parts 18-22 Weights, dimensions, etc 12 Gun, model of 1918 Ml: Description 11 H. Hand fuse setter 38 I. Ignition (tractor) 106 Incomplete return into battery 61 Inspection of gun carriage and gun-carriage limber 142 Instructions for changing from traveling to battery, position 68-70 Instructions for changing from battery to traveling position 71-73 Instructions for riveting 141 Instructions for maintenance of materiel 142-168 J. Jack beam ,57 Jacks 57 L. Leveling plates 12 List of fire-control equipment 122-126 List of plates 8 Limber: Weights, dimensions, etc 62 Description 66-67 Nomenclature of parts 63-65 Light slushing oil 169 197 Page. Loading tray 56-57 Lubricating oil_ . 168 Lubrication: F. W. D. truck 154 Nash truck 161 Reconnoissance car 166 Tractor 148 Lubrication of gun carriage and gun-carriage limber 76 M. Manifold (tractor) 107 Magneto: F. W. D. truck 76 Nash truck 88 Reconnoissance car 98 Method of freeing recoil cylinder of air 58 Method of filling recoil cylinder 59 Method of bleeding recoil cylinder 59 Misfires 17 Miscellaneous notes (gun and breech mechanism) 16-18' Motor equipment 74-122 N. Nash 2-ton truck chassis: Description 87-92 General instructions 93 Maintenance routine 158-164 Operating instructions 92 Weights, dimensions, etc 85 Neat's-foot oil 169 Nomenclature of parts: Gun and breech mechanism , 18-20 Gun and breech mechanism (French-English) 21-22 Carriage .... 41-48 Carriage limber 63-65 Panoramic sight 132 Quadrant sight 126 O. Obturator 13 Obturating mechanism, action of 16 Oil pump 56 Oils for artillery materiel 168 Ordnance department (F. C equipment) 122,123 Operating instructions: F. W. D. truck 82 Nash truck 92 Reconnoissance car 101 Tractor 110-118 P. Painting artillery materiel 140 Panoramic sight, model of 1917: Descriptipn 133-134 Nomenclature of parts 132 198 Page. Packing ammunition for shipment 38-39 Peep sight 134 Plates, list of 8 Point detonating fuse: Mark III 37 Mark IV 37 Primer 30-31 Propelling charge 31 Propeller shaft (Nash truck) 90 Propeller shaft (F. W. D. truck) ' 80 Provisional range table 23-29 Preparing pump for filling (cylinders) 58 Precautions in measuring location of plunger 58 Pump 56 Pump chest 56 Q. Quadrant sight, model of 1918 (Schneider): Description 127-131 Nomenclature of parts 126 R. Rack: Elevating 53 Retracting 55-56 Traversing 53 Radiator (Nash truck) 88 Radiator (F. W. D. truck) 76 Range table 23-29 Recoil mechanism: Care of 57 Description 49 Incomplete return into battery 61 Method of bleeding recoil cylinder 59 Method of filling recoil cylinder 59 Method of freeing air from recoil cylinder 58 Replenisher 50 Too violent return To refill recuperator 60 To remedy overrecoil 60 To remedy underrecoil 60 Use of grease gun in filling 60 When to bleed recoil cylinder 59 When to fill recuperator 59 Reconnoissance car: Description 96-101 General instructions 102 Maintenance routine 164-168 Operating instructions 101 Weights, dimensions, etc 95 Recuperator 49 Recuperator, when to fill 59 199 Page. Reel truck, model of 1918 125 Replenisher. . 50 Riveting, instructions for 141 Road brake 54-55 Roller frame assembly (tractor) 109 S. Seat assembly (Nash truck) 92 Shrapnel 32-33 Sighting platform 57 Sight extension 135 Sight-lighting equipment 134 Signal property (F. C. equipment) 122,124 Slushing oil.. 169 Spades 56 Sperm oil 168 Springs: F. W. D. truck 81 Nash truck 92 Reconnoissance car 101 Carriage 53 Limber 66 Starting (Nash truck) 88 Steering mechanism F. W. D. truck 80 Nash truck 91 Reconnoissance car 100 Tractor 109 Supply truck 121 Tank truck body, model of 1918 120 Targets 141 Telephone truck 125 Test for functioning of plunger 58 Tires (Nash truck) 92 To close the breech 16 To open the breech 15 Top carriage 50-51 To refill recuperator 60 To remedy overrecoil 60 To remedy short recoil 60 Torsion rods (F. W. D. truck) 80 Tractor, 10-ton, model of 1917: Description 104-110 General operating information 110-118 Maintenance routine 146-151 Operating instructions 110-118 Weights, dimensions, etc 103 Trails 55-56 Traversing mechanism.. 52-53 200 Transmission: Page. F. W. D. truck 78 Nash truck 89 Reconnoissance car ' 99 Tractor 108 Track assembly (tractor) 109 U. Use of grease gun in filling 60 Use of center differential locking device (F. W. D. truck) 84 Use of axles as independent units (F. W. D. truck) 84 Use of brake (F. W. D. truck) 84 V. Verification and adjustment of the peep sight 139 Verification and adjustment of the sights 136 Verification and adjustment of the sights in the field • 138 W. Wheels: Carriage 54 Limber 66 Nash truck 92 Wheel fastenings 54 Wheel shoes 54 When to bleed recoil cylinder 59 When to refill recuperator 59 WAR DEPARTMENT, OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE, Washington, July 10, 1918. Form 1818. Ed. Aug. 5-18-10,000. C~c 'nr